Index: please click on the link for the index please?
Translation: China is building 368 coal using plants to produce electricity and planning another 803. In addition, receives from Germany 630 million Euro a year development aid and the population have to pay carbon tax.
The end of Europe. The power grab in Brussels. The political elite/members signing up for WEF membership and trying to implement/push their globalist agenda.
The once Souverain State, reduced to a steppingstone. Every current position of any importance in Europe but also the US/West taken over by WEF/Freemasons/Cabal or alien connect. All in clear view but with the Cabal/Globalist in control of the main media, banks corrupted institutions like Health, Education, CDC, Military, FDA just name it. I am not talking about any democratic control and turned into a digital prison and complete info control.
ORBAN, AND THE CULTURAL IMPERIALISM OF BRUSSELS, also
added my personal note pushing the climate change agenda.
Here’s a secret: This writer is not much of a fan of Viktor Orban, or his government. That statement puts me at odds, of course, with much of the contemporary “dissident right”, both in Ireland and in the rest of the western world. There are good reasons why many conservatives cheer the Hungarian Government, and these are often overlooked by progressives expressing a form of unthinking tribal disdain for “Europe’s Trump”.
I am not a fan of Viktor Orban, on the principle best articulated by the fictionalized Sir Thomas More in
“A man for all seasons”: “I would give the devil benefit of law, for my own safety’s sake”.
Orban deserves credit on several fronts: In terms of Europe’s reaction to the various migrant crises that have afflicted it over the last decade, he has been almost alone in his conviction that that there is no automatic right to migrate to another country for economic reasons. His people have rewarded him for that with successive terms in office. On the family, and cultural issues, he may be the only senior European leader to recognize the inherent value of tradition, and of children – consistently introducing policies to encourage and support people who want to start a family. On matters of climate and security, he has served the needs of the Hungarian people – as both he, and apparently, they see it – before the “agreed common agenda” of the European Union. For a fellow leading a small country, he has consistently chosen a different path to that of the Irish Government when it comes to asserting national interest in Brussels. It is not a coincidence that he is much more popular in Hungary than Messrs. Martin and Varadkar are here.
But for all of that, there is, too, the downside: Many nationalists and conservatives have come to see progressivism as such an existential threat to civilization that they will cheer almost any and every effort to repress those ideas, even when doing so sets a precedent that they would call tyrannical if progressive Governments did it to them. Imagine, for example, if the Irish Government passed a series of laws restricting media ownership, resulting directly in Gript, or other critical outlets, passing into the control of Government supporters, and people like me being compelled to write about how great the latest idea from the National Women’s Council is. We would howl in anger. As we should.
But that is almost precisely what Orban has done to progressive media outlets in Hungary. Imagine further if the Irish Government started appointing Judges based not on their qualifications, but on their support for the Government. And imagine if politically sensitive cases were then referred quietly to panels of loyal Judges who heard them in secret. That is what is happening in Hungary.
If it was happening here, I might suggest that some readers would be howling about evidence of corruption of justice. And they would be right to.
So no, I am not a fan of Viktor Orban, on the principle best articulated by the fictionalized Sir Thomas More in “A man for all seasons”: “I would give the devil benefit of law, for my own safety’s sake”.
Mr Orban, it is fair to say, is more Thomas Cromwell than he is Thomas More.
But the European Union’s dispute with Hungary should raise questions for the left, as well as the right. If there’s one thing, we all agree on these days, after all, it is that Imperialism is deeply wrong.
The British Empire was evil, as was that of the Belgians, and the Germans, and the French. Why? Because those Empires suppressed local customs and languages and cultures and practices in favor of the idea that their own civilization was inherently superior.
Is this not also the idea of the European Union, as expressed in its conflict with Hungary?
Much of what gets done in Brussels these days is effectively cultural imperialism. It is the expressed view of the European Parliament, after all, on timeless occasions, that there is only one accepted EU position on just about every cultural controversy one might think of.
There is one acceptable immigration policy. There is one acceptable foreign policy. The EU is much more of an Empire, these days, than the British Commonwealth is. And when it comes to Hungary, it is deploying all the financial power at its command to ensure that the Hungarians get back in line with “European values”.
As I type this, I already hear in my ear my good friend and ardent Europhile, Jason O’Mahony, saying that “if they don’t like it, they can always follow the British out the door”. To which the correct response is, I think, “be careful what you wish for”.
The idea of an ever-growing European cultural imperium is entirely threatened by Brussels itself. And there is danger in the fact that Brussels is becoming ever more dogmatic in support of a progressive ideological settlement at the precise time that consent for that settlement is waning right across the continent.
If Brussels makes sharing the values of Brussels a precondition for continued membership of the club, then, like every Empire that did so before it, it will find itself slowly shrinking. In addition, there is real imperialism and they in Brussels behaving as mandarins.
Other are Covid and additional example Climate change.
Climate change predictions in Europe/US/and the ongoing interferences.
The CO2 gas present in our air worldwide is about 0.04%. Almost nothing but responsible for 90% of warmth/energy rejected outward send back. Ridicules! Imposible. It is at the base of all plant growth and result in the production of carbohydras build from it and combining it with water, releasing oxygen.
The main source of warm/heat/radiation comes from the Sun. Look around you it is everywhere plants, scrubs, trees, seaweed just name it. It is exactly doing what nature intended and not steering the climate.
“Most of the energy in the Earth’s atmosphere comes from the Sun. It has long been recognized that changes in the so-called “total solar irradiance” (TSI), i.e., the amount of energy emitted by the Sun, over the last few centuries, could have contributed substantially to recent climate change. However, this new study found that the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) only considered a small subset of the published TSI datasets when they were assessing the role of the Sun in climate change and that this subset only included “low solar variability” datasets. As a result, the IPCC was premature in ruling out a substantial role for the Sun in recent climate change.”
They’ve ruled out gravity, planetary orbits, centrifugal force from the earths spin and electromagnetic energy from the earths iron core as well.
Trying to play for “GOD” in the name of ‘Climate Change’
According to a Sky News report, Scientists have outlined a controversial plan to refreeze the North and South Poles in order to “dial down the global thermostat.”
They say high-flying jets could spray microscopic aerosol particles into the atmosphere to reflect sunlight and cool the melting icecaps.
Around 175,000 flights a year would be needed, releasing millions of Tonnes of carbon dioxide. Under the plan, a fleet of 125 military air-to-air refueling tankers would release a cloud of microscopic Sulphur dioxide particles at an altitude of 43,000ft (13km) and latitude of 60 degrees in both hemispheres, roughly equivalent to the Shetland Islands in the north, and the Falklands in the south.
The particles would slowly drift towards the poles on high-altitude winds, slightly shading the Earth’s surface beneath.
The concern expressed by scientists is that the large number of flights – equivalent to more than two days of global air traffic in 2021 – would release greenhouse gases into the upper atmosphere where they are more damaging.
Other scientists also expressed concern regarding unleashing solar shading because it could have unintended consequences, such as reducing crop yields. Of course, this does not mean that the globalist agenda and drive to control our way of living will be curtailed.
The new study was led by Wake Smith from Yale University in the United States. “He warned the plan would treat an important symptom of climate change, not the cause.” “It’s aspirin, not penicillin. It’s not a substitute for decarbonization,” he said.
Make no mistake. The ‘Climate Change Agenda’ is being ramped up by seemingly insane globalists, somewhat like past attempts to dupe people into believing their ludicrous predictions of Doomsday. albeit on a much larger scale.
Remember the big “acid rain” scare during the 1970s and 1980s, attributing damage to lakes and forests to emissions from Midwestern utilities. We have never heard the results of a more than half-billion-dollar, 10-year-long national Acid Precipitation Assessment Program study that was initiated in 1980 to research the matter, and that is because that scare proved to be largely unfounded, since only one species of tree at a high elevation suffered any notable effect, and acidity in lakes was traced to natural causes.
Remember the heir to the British throne’s 2009 warning that we had only “96 months to save the world”.
Remember UK PM Gordon Brown’s 2009 warning that we had 50 days to “save the planet from catastrophe”.
Remember Al Gore’s 2008 warning that the Arctic would be “ice-free” by 2013.
In 2004, the Guardian published an article which warned that Britain was to have a “Siberian Climate” by 2020.
In 1989, U.N. officials warned that rising seas would “obliterate” nations by 2000.
In 1988, the world was told that the Maldives would be completely under water within 30 years.
Even in 1974, The Guardian warned that the “new ice age” was “coming fast”.
These are all things that humanity is expected to forget, however, more and more thinking people are awakening to this continuing attack on our fundamental rights and will not stand for it. We must act now against it. We must call out the globalists’ attempts to “play God” with our lives and our planet.
For the cost is too high.
Back to the cultural aspect and Orban.
Because Orban, much to the consternation of his critics, is much more popular in Hungary than Brussels is, just about anywhere. Even if, perhaps, he should not be.
The authors of a New York University’s Center for Human Rights and Global Justice report on digital identity systems warned of “severe and potentially irreversible” human rights violations and argued for open debate “with full transparency and involving all relevant stakeholders.”
Catherine Austin Fitts brought it home with this hypothetical, with some embellishments: Let’s say you want to go buy some pizza and a beer, but cash no longer exists and you must use your digital wallet… 1. New Covid restrictions mean your digital wallet is turned off outside a five-mile range. 2. New “green” policies also turn off your digital wallet outside five miles. 3. New “green” policies demand that your pizza no longer has real cheese or meat. 4. New Monkeypox restrictions turn your car off within a two-mile range. 5. Your car is not charged anyway. 6. You lapsed your mandatory donation to the DNC, therefore your digital wallet is under review. 7. Your recent post on Defender bumped your social credit score below 5.0, the limit for an active digital wallet. (It was lowered earlier in the day by your misuse of pronouns).32 1•Reply•Share ›
Beatrice MarkTwain2020 • 3 months agoThis is truly what is in our near future and yet people continue to sit idly by and allow the tyrants to gain more and more control over their lives. It really pisses me off because I work so hard to keep my online presence to a minimum and to not rely on digital devices or appliances to complete my daily tasks. Gee, thanks Americans who prefer convenience more than freedom and who prefer to be led instead of leading.22 •Reply•Share ›
DistantViews Beatrice • 3 months agoI understand your frustration. I agree with you that too many people are sitting idly by, allowing bureaucrats and the media to dis-empower them and make decisions for them. i have experienced this kind of resignation and overwhelming inability to make a choice with many people I have met, especially over the past two to three years. One recent encounter with an elderly woman in the grocery typifies this ‘choice/decision’ exhaustion. While looking at the selection of items in the deli, this woman commented, “Don’t you just want someone to make a decision for you so you don’t have to do it yourself?” My immediate response, which startled her was, “no way, that is one freedom I will never give up”!The thought of surrendering my basic freedom to choose what I want to eat, what to pay for it and where to eat it is may seem like an insignificant choice to some, but to me it is a basic right of living freely. Those who think their lives would be so much simpler to be chipped, surveilled and hounded by some anonymous AI system are a threat to the freedom and liberty for ALL of us….including the them.17 •Reply•Share ›
Mavis DistantViews • 3 months agoI remember being shocked when out to dinner with friends and an old lady (who was once wonderfully independent) said to her husband (a control freak), on scanning the menu, “Why don’t you tell them what I’d like…” That is what these depraved WEF narcissists, who will nearly destroy the Earth before they’re stopped, are doing to the rest of us. We must always resist them.9 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice DistantViews • 3 months agoIt’s truly unreal how dependent so many people are. I’m sick of having to live with stupid laws and rules that were implemented because someone was too lazy or stupid to be accountable for their own choices and behaviors. I have a crossover vehicle that is supposed to be dog friendly but thanks to the door checks, the rear back doors barely open enough for anyone to comfortably get in and out of much less, a dog. Why can’t people learn how to open car doors properly without hitting the car next to them? That eyesight technology is the most unreliable nonsense. I mean, if you don’t know how to drive in your own lane, you shouldn’t have a license. The rear cargo hatch is so slow to close and open – making it unsafe as someone could rob me in a parking lot or my dog could attempt to jump out before it closes. All these technologies were designed by people who don’t want to be leaders in their own lives. This learned helplessness and lack of accountability is epidemic in all walks of life now. Everyone makes excuses for their psychological laziness and bad character.7 •Reply•Share ›
eeva12 Beatrice • 3 months agoThat’s why I’m perfectly happy with my 22 year old car. I don’t see, for example, rear view cameras as anything other than something that puts me one step closer to having my car remotely controlled by some authority.8 •Reply•Share ›
MarkTwain2020 eeva12 • 3 months agoYes exactly! The best thing about my car is you have to roll the windows up yourself….but you can do that whenever, if the car’s off, if the electricity wigs out, etc. Nobody is remote controlling *my* windows lol.4 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice MarkTwain2020 • 3 months agoFiggers that Twain would have analog windows! I’ve always wondered how people manage to climb out of their tiny squinty electric windows when they accidentally drive into a pond or lake or get caught in a flash flood due to the blind spot created by the windows. For one thing it seems like most people are too large for the window opening but even worse, not having the ability to open it is frightening. Probably a good idea for new car owners to keep a few heavy bricks under the front seats just in case.4 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice eeva12 • 3 months agoI hear ya!! I too have a 22 year old Honda that I love. It’s like riding in a fish tank. The windows are so large and I can see everything around me. The taxes are minimal thoughthey increased this year ‘ due to the value of used cars increasing due to demand’. Arggg2 •Reply•Share ›
Sandy P Beatrice • 3 months agoGlad I’m not the only one with an older car. It’s also a stick so I can get out or through of just about anything; slippery, icy roads are a problem for anyone though. And it really sips gas. I’ve looked at newer models but haven’t seen any worth even a test drive.2 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice Sandy P • 3 months agoI would not recommend any new car. They are all made with junk parts, hoses made of veggie oil (soy) that the squirrels love to gnaw on, technology/computers that have to be updated and can be remotely controlled, LED lights that provide very little distance lighting. I was thinking about saving for an antique Mercedes or other vintage car. Keep your eyes open for those. A lot of old folks keep them garaged and in perfect condition.3 •Reply•Share ›
Sandy P Beatrice • 3 months agoOh, I’m hanging on to my old car. It was in the shop a few weeks ago for tires, battery, etc. maintenance. The guys love working on it and then test driving it; there’s always one of them begging to buy it. It is a fun little car.1 •Reply•Share ›
Sandy P Guest • 3 months agoIt doesn’t seem like it’s cars that cause the greatest problem but the plastics that are everywhere. There’s also a good bit of waste and pollution from the fashion industry due to clothing that lasts for only a season (two if you’re careful), overuse of synthetic materials (essentially plastics that don’t break down), poor disposal of these goods (even the Third World can’t use much of it), and even the manufacturing process itself (long list of horrors there from people to chemicals to…ugh). I grew up without plastics everywhere so it can be done and live well. And, yes, I sew as many of my own garments as possible using natural goods. And I cook my own meals because I don’t like take-out because it always comes in a one-use container, often plastic that leaks anyway.Think further about the causes of pollution. Whatever an SUV or some other behemoth vehicle produces is nothing compared to simple waste. What happens to solar panels or lithium batteries when they are spent; are they easily reused or just landfill? And producing them isn’t very earth friendly either.I could go on and on about waste and how it contributes to the problems the world now faces. I’m just asking you to consider more than just cars which are but a small part of the situation.And I don’t like loud music either. I prefer paying attention to my driving instead dancing in the driver’s seat. Or lazy, narcissistic jerks because they don’t want to bother thinking about anything but their own pleasure. Glad to see that you are thinking.see more1 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice Sandy P • 3 months agoRight on!! Good points about the lifecycle of waste. Plastic trash, including all the disposable spandex-laden clothing, furniture, appliances, etc… drives me mad. I can’t stand it and will NOT purchase most new things that contain disposable plastic. I can’t always avoid it but if I must purchase, I purchase used. The damage that our plastic has done to marine life and third world countries is obscene.Like you, I don’t eat in restaurants unless it’s a very formal event in a very high end restaurant which rarely happens in my life anymore. I also whittled my wardrobe down to 90 percent wool and cotton. I have quite a few white cotton blouses/shirts now LOL I may even start sewing again because frankly, anything I could make would look a whole lot better than most fast fashion today. At least I know not to place rear pockets on jeans where the thigh and bum meet. Do women ever look at their rear view anymore?1 •Reply•Share ›
Sandy P Beatrice • 3 months agoToo true about fashion. Seems like an awful lot looks like it’s been pulled right out of the rag bin plus they lack sufficient modesty for me. I’ve been finding some really nice clothing patterns online from indie type designers. These often have all sizes included so no guessing if it’s right and also include several things–more than just a couple different sleeves or hem lengths which are too easy to do anyway. Or if it’s only say a dress or tunic, the price is adjusted down vice the same price for the envelope. Many also have PDF downloads which is convenient for those that have printing capabilities at home.•Reply•Share ›
Beatrice Guest • 3 months agoYeah the music is a real issue around here too. I hate it. I don’t blast my classical music at anyone. I think it’s downright rude. I also agree that it is best to ride share if possible but unfortunately, people are too self involved to coordinate such activities.I don’t think it’s fair to say that people don’t need a car. Most people I know who live in cities and work in cities don’t own one and use public trans. I need a car and am glad to have one but I do get annoyed that most households today have a car for every person ( teens). But this is a symptom of our economy and everyone’s need to work and why the progressives want us all to live in smart city centers. No thank you. I like my freedom and my backyard.Idiocracy is when people jog in traffic or behind pesticide spraying trucks. That is one I’ll never understand. Ideally, if I had my way, I would own a horse with my ten acres out in no man’s land and ride into my small town to shop and visit with the locals. That would be my utopia.•Reply•Share ›
Sandy P Beatrice • 3 months agoGood answer to Tina. I’m still looking for the 10 acres I’d like to have. Have you watched Off Grid with Doug & Stacy? They are in MO and do use a horse or horse and buggy for trips into town, but do use a gas powered vehicle for longer trips.Personally, when I do leave home, as many errands as possible are combined. Other things are just as easy to order online such as embroidery or needlepoint supplies that can be sent via USPS.The simple life is fine by me.•Reply•Share ›
Beatrice Sandy P • 3 months agoLove to watch Doug and Stacy! What a team they are and what a brilliant setup they have. I love their dogs too 😀 I didn’t know that they had a horse but I did see Stacy in their RV or truck once.You make a good point about using your vehicle and your time wisely. Do you remember the oil embargo crisis in the 70’s and how Carter tried to educate people on how to drive efficiently? You may be too young but I can tell you that his words stuck to me then and have ever since. I rarely use my brakes and I never speed or waste fuel. I also feel guilty if I have my thermostat set too low or too high ( because of Carter).•Reply•Share ›
Sandy P Beatrice • 3 months agoOh, the flattery of thinking I’m so young. LOL I do remember the oil embargo crisis all too well. My husband at the time (deceased now) and I lived in the northern area of MI where there was plenty of fuel oddly enough. The bad part was that as a mechanic there wasn’t enough tourist or traveler breakdowns to keep him busy; back then shops paid by the job, not hourly so things were mighty lean. As for sweaters, that was the way of life in MI during the winter so when Carter blithely said just put on a sweater, we all thought he was nuts because for people living in the north that was nothing new.Yes, Doug and Stacy have been working on their place for a good many years. Like anyone who loves their home, there’s always one more project to do. I only have a little townhouse and the little yard that goes with it. But I’m always thinking of some way to make it better. this year it’s getting the grapevine out of the crab apple tree. I hate to pull it out now because it’s loaded with grapes but if I don’t it might break the tree which suffered terribly with many broken branches in the heavy snow we had this past winter in the mid-Atlantic so not much fruit this year.1 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice Sandy P • 3 months agoI’m in the mid-atlantic too! But snow? I don’t remember getting any snow last winter. You must be more north or west of me. I’m on the Bay where we don’t get ‘ bay snows’. The water has to be cold enough for us to get a good snow.That’s really interesting about Michigan during the crisis. I had no idea. During the crisis, I traveled to Maine with my grandparents Imagine traveling during those days when odd license plates could only purchase fuel on odd days and so forth. It was fun though. But I do find it remarkable that Jimmy Carter was the only president in my life that had such a positive influence on my life. Today’s commanders in chiefs are truly shameful and an embarrassment.Sounds like you have a nice garden at your town house. I’ve designed many gardens for town homes. When I lived in a townhouse, my back garden was tiny compared to many today. I’m feeling that urge to downsize now. Funny how that suddenly happens. I only live in a 900 sqft home but my lot and gardens are huge and full and too much for me to deal with anymore. As far as fruit trees go…well, I’m taking all mine down this fall because I haven’t had fruit in 3 years now due to the late spring frosts that kill all the buds and if any manage to survive and produce, I’m in a constant race to harvest before the squirrels or the birds get them first.•Reply•Share ›
Sandy P Beatrice • 3 months agoI’m in Northern Virginia where there was some snow. It wasn’t a lot (by MI standards) but it was around 5″ of very heavy, wet snow. I do recall that the bay got no snow; can’t recall if there was rain your way or maybe ice. It sounds like we aren’t that far apart.As for my garden, it’s more like a collection of odds and ends that grow on their own…well, except for the beans and tomatoes sort of things. For those, I have a vertical planter on my patio; it’s called the Green Stalk. Yes, it’s plastic but with so many layers and pockets to grow things, it seems worth it. I don’t have the space to build a wood on on a similar scale plus that would be outrageously expensive at the moment. It’s also fun to have fresh from the garden broccoli in November. Now with a frost cover, I’ll see how far I can push things. the other in ground things I try to focus on perennial types things so I’m not constantly buy plants since there’s not a good place to really start my own seedlings.As for fruit trees, I’ve given some thought to the miniature kind. They wouldn’t take up much room and it would be simple enough to toss nets over them as varmint and bird deterrents.•Reply•Share ›
Beatrice Sandy P • 3 months agoI grew up in Arlington and then Bluemont. I came here in 79 after graduation. So yes, we’re probably only 3 hours apart 😀 We could meet in Fredericksburg for lunch! I always stopped in F’burg on my way up to NOVA. I haven’t sewn in years but at one time I was a good seamstress and made those Gunne Sax dresses. I still love them.I’ve always wanted a Green Stalk or something similar. Do you watch Garden Answer on utube? She had one but I don’t know if she still uses it. You should be able to grow broccoli well into the spring. My broccoli gets snowed on, iced and it still thrives. I ordered some interesting seeds from Johnny Seeds recently for including broccoli Raab. The Raab would do well in your garden and it’s easier to grow than broccoli and it lasts until early summer here. Miniature fruit trees? Well, I ordered dwarf if that is what you mean and they were NOT dwarf! The only ones I’m keeping are my Asian pears and my two columnar apple trees that I have flanking my back door.I wish your son lived close by. Having a truly handy man around is invaluable. I’ve been dealing with the most incompetent idiots lately..sorry but I’m so fed up with trusting bozos that I have to micromanage and pay!•Reply•Share ›
Joan C. Beatrice • 2 months agoI just had to jump in, and say how easy it is to buy a few different variety’s of blueberry bushes, and grow them. I started with two bushes, and in just a few years, their full grown, and have hundreds of blueberries on them! The best part though, is the babies that off-shoot from the parent. I have dug those up, and replanted them, and now I’m up to 6 bushes now. And are still getting more and more baby off-shoots, but as much as I love healthy, delicious, no pesticides, blueberries, and eat so many of them, well there’s a time when I have to decide if I really need anymore, as I try to give the babies away. Anyway, just sayin’ this, to let people know about all their different choices, of fruit trees/bushes that they could think about, as they really should, because have you seen the price of ORGANIC blueberries, in your grocery stores? Robbery, that’s what I’d call it! It feels good, knowing that my bushes will never see the poisons of pesticides. Of course, they do also make organic pesticides, and you can learn how to make something like that yourself, by watching Youtube! The educational videos on there, are enough to make anyone a genius, on practically any subject. They have tons and tons of How-To videos, when it comes to gardening, from planting a seed, to harvesting any size crop you might have. There’s no excuse for not educating yourself, when there’s THAT MANY videos, for free!1 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice Joan C. • 2 months agoHi Joan, that is amazing about your blueberries! I know a man who uses blueberries as a hedge around his property. They make a wonderful hedge ( the taller varieties). Sounds like you have enough to share with the wildlife! I tried growing kiwis one year but I had a very playful Golden Retriever that broke the stems at the base of the plants. Oh well.Utube University is what I call it. I’ve learned everything from repairing my car to plumbing, dry wall and electrical work. There are plenty of gardeners on there too. The prepper homesteaders are always sharing valuable info from their experiences.1 •Reply•Share ›
Joan C. Beatrice • 2 months agoGood to see someone else that likes to educate themselves….and yeah, I just signed up for that website’s newsletter, that Sandy P gave about that prepper website, who you were commenting to her about? Doug and Stacy….I’m sure I’m going to enjoy learning from them! Another thing I like about others who like to learn about many topics, is something I feel, that goes hand and hand, with always self-educating, and that is, always having an open mind.And when facts are being given, to look at all sides the situation, and feeling positive about the choice(s) that are made on the matter. And I love that saying about, “you never to old to learn”….! Oh, my motto is, “There’s more than one way to skin a cat”….lol….(hoping all cats forgive me, but if they can’t take a motto, then their taking life too serious, lol)1 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice Joan C. • 2 months agoHahaha…if the cat is ‘ woke’ then they may have to dial the bias hotline and report that you offended them. My gosh, having a sense of humor is a crime these days. I have to be very careful what I say as I’m always making fun of humans. Doug and Stacy have utube videos frequently that I watch. I haven’t seen their newsletter. They have a fabulous place but I’m older now and not as ambitious as they are. I wish I would have planned for homesteading about 30 years ago.Educate for tomorrow has always been my motto. Obviously, there hasn’t been much need for education in the past 20 years since AI has become the nanny for too many.•Reply•Share ›
Sandy P Beatrice • 3 months agoI found a couple places in Fredericksburg that would make a good spot for lunch. I like Bonefish but there are others in the same area.1 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice Sandy P • 3 months agoWow, I was wondering what places were there. I haven’t been up there in a few years. beehugger at protonmail dot com•Reply•Share ›
Sandy P Beatrice • 3 months agoMy son does lives nearby, however, he is licensed and bonded for Virginia only. He has said that he keeps way too busy to even consider expanding to another state. I can confirm he is busy; unless I have a real emergency, I have to get worked into his schedule. Most of his business is around NOVA.I can watch for sales for Green Stalk. I get email from them from time to time announcing them or the occasional new product. I haven’t come across Garden Answer on YT, but will look for that channel. I have seen this planter on Rain Country also on YT.There is a difference between dwarf and miniature fruit trees. A quick search online will show the difference. As for broccoli, I think my problem is that my planter is on my patio and receives no winter sun whatsoever. If I moved my planter out to the fence out back (or got another one), then it would get sunshine and actually grow. My experiment with broccoli did keep it alive until spring, but didn’t really produce much aside from a few leaves. I have some broccoli raab seeds so I’m definitely looking forward to giving them a try in fall.Oh, that would be fun to meet for lunch. Not sure how to exchange information without exposing it to the world. Let me know what you think.•Reply•Share ›
CastleConnell DistantViews • 3 months agoEven travelling is misery now, having to stand in your socks on dirty ground (I wear two pairs and throw away the outer), and put your case on a moving belt that I don’t think is sprayed down. And, the regimentation of the whole experience, it starts a vacation off on the wrong and dirty foot.3 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice CastleConnell • 3 months agoYou bring up a good point Castle. I believe that all these ‘ safety’ measures were instituted not to actually protect us but to ‘ soften’ us to their control. It begins with socks and ends with? I just learned that the FBI is now visiting LEGAL gun owners homes and requesting to see their guns. This is illegal but how many people know that? How many will tremble under authority and give them what they want? One Missouri Sheriff refused and said he would die before cooperating with such illegal tactics. Missouri Attorney General also refused to comply.5 •Reply•Share ›
Sandy P CastleConnell • 3 months agoYes, it’s one reason I quit flying. I seldom have reason to anymore but I feel sorry for those that must do that and try to bear up under the boorish behaviors of fellow passengers.1 •Reply•Share ›
CastleConnell Beatrice • 3 months agoI think it is natural to prefer convenience, but it shouldn’t be at the price of freedom. I really believe we can have both. That energy pattern is taking form and will become more defined over time. You can only hold a beach ball under water so long. I avoid social media except for sites like this, and wouldn’t dream of using Alexa.5 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice CastleConnell • 3 months agoWhen it comes to convenience, I’m always a skeptic. I live by the mantra that nothing good comes easy and that evil always seeks the path of least resistance. Maybe I’m a martyr but that mindset has always kept me safe and strong. A convenience will also lead to a more aggressive or controlling convenience that cost us more in the long run. So, for example, I love having a washing machine but I’ve always just stuck with the tried and true ‘commercial’ style and never fell for those trendy problematic front loaders. Who needs a pretty washing machine? I’m not planning on marrying it. I just want it to get my clothes clean 😀 Eh? I still use a 100 foot tape measure when I survey properties. No digital for me! Besides, I trust my own analog measurements and that tape measure was my grandfather’s when he was a surveyor and engineer. I know I’m different than most and I get a lot of shaming for being so but I am quite content being me:D4 •Reply•Share ›
Sandy P Beatrice • 3 months agoI feel the same way. I worked in high tech for many years so realize its positives as well as its faults. Yeah, my TV is even an old tube style. As you said, we don’t have to marry our appliances; they just need to get a job done. Electronics are too prone to failure and are too hard to fix as a DIY project. And too often it’s the main board that goes out leaving one with essentially a big piece of debris because it’s too hard, impossible or too expensive to repair.•Reply•Share ›
Beatrice Sandy P • 3 months agoI have customers who have replaced their ‘smart’ refrigerators, washer and dryers almost every year. No wonder so many people are grumpy! You should see my stove and frig. Oh my gosh. My stove is very old and I love her. She even has hand painted dials now. She was made in Cleveland Ohio about 50 years ago. My frig isn’t as old but I refuse to replace it until it becomes DNR status. Duct tape and cookie sheets create one of the shelves. The truth is, I actually fear having to replace anything I have with something new because I know it’s going to cost me a lot of money in the future and a lot of inconvenience.•Reply•Share ›
Sandy P Beatrice • 3 months agoOne has to look very hard to discover the reliability of an appliance. Most don’t last past a decade and some really cannot be repaired properly due to the electronics. I like the sound of your old stove. Those old models have a certain grace and beauty about them. As for the fridge, cookie sheets would be great. No leaks to the shelf below.My son, who has a home repair/remodeling business, had a customer that wanted to get rid of a washing machine because some small thing had failed so she preferred to just get a new one. He took it home, fixed it in his garage, and then asked if I wanted a “new” machine. I accepted his offer and have loved the top-loading, no electronics just as my old (and about to expire with all the noise it made) machine. He loves fixing instead of replacing. He one time got a rebuild kit for the seat in his car; he said it came out pretty good.1 •Reply•Share ›
Bubba Gump Beatrice • 3 months agoWhat do we do about it though? You see the nonsense that people call government. The only way to stop them is to kill them. Strong words but isn’t that really what they have planned for us?5 •Reply•Share ›
Joan C. Bubba Gump • 2 months agoThink their bad now? Wait for the “coming soon” 7 year Tribulation period, but when a person does a lot of studying bible prophecy, and KNOW what’s coming, it makes it just a little easier to bear.1 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice Bubba Gump • 3 months agoAll around the world people are rising up against their governments. As this happens, the governments become even more aggressive but they can’t possibly win if there are more of us than them. We must muster in our troops and form our own military against them. I think actually most of our current military would join us since they are fed up as well.1 •Reply•Share ›
Brian Collecott Suzanne Graf Slupesky Beck • 3 months agoMainstream media control is a huge part of this problem although in the UK the BBC has lost a lot of crediblity (around 50% I think) since covid and its cover-up of a huge number vaccine-related injuries.1 •Reply•Share ›
orangputeh Brian Collecott • 3 months ago…Some of the top Hollywood film directors are of interest to the Bilderberg Group. Jeff Bezos, the founder of Amazon is also a member. Amazon is building out a digital streaming system for television and films as well as producing their own content. Being able to guide global culture is a form of subtle mind control that can be very effective…1 •Reply•Share ›
eeva12 Beatrice • 3 months agoYes, I miss the days when technological advances were for our convenience and betterment. After Covid, it’s all been revealed to be solely for “their” power plays.2 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice eeva12 • 3 months agoThe truth is that even in the 50’s and 60’s our government was planning on exploiting technology to be used against us and for their benefit. It was always about controlling the population as a measure of national and global security. That’s why I’ve always been a skeptic and never trusted that anything digital would be safe. How do you know what a ‘ forced’ update to your computer or device contains? Smart autos can be controlled without your consent. We are all being covertly controlled in some fashion and congress isn’t even bothering to protect us.•Reply•Share ›
Brian Collecott Beatrice • 3 months agoI think the audacity of it all is not at all credible to most people still living fairly comfortable lives, trusting their Doc, and bank and the news media.2 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice Brian Collecott • 3 months agoProlly so! Quite frightening actually because they will ultimately become our enemies…the informers who turn in their neighbors and own family members.1 •Reply•Share ›
Felicity Grossman Beatrice • 3 months agoAre you kidding? You didn’t notice the parade around America? Just one little monkey trying to tell the controllers to GET LOST. But the now, overly tyrannical, green-screeners of America are *deeply* embedded in the fabric and they aren’t letting it go. They say “when pigs fly” but better when a monkey does. Flee Babylon before they get you to believe they’re “God’s people” and coming for your privacy, money, lives, homes, and kids. FLEE before they make you captive too. You have to read the prophecies of Habakkuk to understand….heaping up prisoners like sand.•Reply•Share ›
Joan C. Felicity Grossman • 2 months agoSorry, I’d rather study the prophecies of Daniel, Ezekiel, and to know what’s coming in the 7 year Tribulation period, wrote about in Revelation. Seems like every, or most, of the the signs, that we are told to watch for, are practically upon us. We are told, that these “prophecies”, will be like a woman in childbirth, as the “pains” are coming closer, and faster than ever! I see many, if not all, the signs we were given to watch for, increasing faster and faster today, don’t you? When Trump got those Middle East countries to sign up for peace with Israel, he had to stop, and not get anymore “signatures”, as he had to step down/leave office. I believe we were given from the time of those signatures, till the time Trump gets re-elected, we were given that much more time, to warn people, educate people, etc. Did the name that Trump gave that “peace agreement”, say anything to you? It very well should of woke every believer up! Another question for you is, why has every president, since Carter days, have such a strong urge, to get a peace treaty, between Israel and Palestine, signed, before they left office? Well, what Trump did, hit me hard, when this Non-Christian got those few countries to sign up for peace with Israel. (why did he name the peace treaty HE started, from a name in the bible, when he could of named it ANYTHING ELSE)?? I could see the plan RIGHT then, of EXACTLY how the 7 year Tribulation will get started, and it’s so SIMPLE. But one man cannot do it, get the golden ring, or a 7 year peace treaty signed….as seen by every president since Carter days. BUT….one man CAN get it started, and then step back, and let it happen, of what WILL happen, on just it’s own. And since no one has been interested or curious of how this 7 year treaty gets signed, and how that brings on the 7 year Tribulation, I stop here. But I’m putting all my money on Trump getting elected again! But reading the news every day, of Trump getting into some bad situations….is making my faith shake a little, on how I feel, I’ve been shown, how the near future is going to happen….see more•Reply•Share ›
eeva12 MarkTwain2020 • 3 months agoThank you for the specifics! I was so disappointed to read through this entire article and just see a bunch of generalities–no specifics at all. Most people would be quick to say, “Well, we need digital identities to eliminate fraud! It’s for our protection!” But most likely, this is exactly how this thing would work.3 •Reply•Share ›
bjo59 • 3 months agoMost of us have been reading about this since 2020 (or before) but no one is doing anything to stop it (digital ids were being widely discussed around the time of the N1N1 “scare” in 2009 too). How do you stop it? The fact that no one can find any way to stop it indicates that we’ve been subjects of authoritarian governments in the west for much longer than we imagine. I guess we can only feel thankful for the number of days of relative freedom we enjoyed during our lifetimes up to 2020. Well, we all knew we had a huge number of freedoms were taken away beginning in 2001 but learned not only to live with it but to not notice it too. It appears that the majority in the US have decided that they can only passively accept whatever the government decides to do, legal or not.11 •Reply•Share ›
MargeGuill bjo59 • 3 months agoWhat if the majority do not see what underlies the flood of bloviating debate on the topic? As if such ID’s were still in the “proposal” stage!! They aren’t. Furthermore, the designers, creators, and purveyors of this most enslaving of all inventions are never part of governments: they are enmeshed in supra- and trans-national organizationsand the enshrined “public-private partnerships’; they’re neither elected nor appointed, and if you’re not on one roster or another of those, you’re just in the chute. Would that he or she who apprehends what is now transpiring and opposes it, let them advocate. The holy grail “sustainable development,” development of what, exactly, and for whom? Readers know the answer to that. And if human rights are in such overt dire need of protection—protection from what and by which actors?? To frame the question as whether or not “digital” ID’s “could” violate human rights seems disingenuous at best: a priori they do. We might start there instead. I said to my teacher, “But it says here all men are created equal.” He replied, “Some are more equal than others,” tongue in cheek.7 •Reply•Share ›
Joan C. Bubba Gump • 2 months agoIf your thinking about this ID’ing, as the “mark” of some sort, you shouldn’t worry or dread, because that comes in the halfway mark of the 7 year Tribulation period, or at the 3 1/2 year mark of the 7 year Trib, and that hasn’t started yet, but is VERY close. I have commented in many places, and over and over again, of “WHEN” it begins, but no one cares to hear anything about that, so I quit telling what I feel, I’ve been shown. I do believe that since Trump did that amazing “thing”, right before he had to leave office, and the space of time when he gets re-elected again, that we have only that much time left, or a little while after that, depending on how fast Trump gets to finishing what he started, once he’s back in office. And I sure wish many were getting ready, for the “beginning of the end”, but everyone has a lot going on in their lives, and watching all the “things”, happening in the news, but aren’t realizing what a short time we all have! But I’m only one person, and can only send out the warning. And besides, the article doesn’t mention, at all, that it’s the size of a grain of rice, and is a quick, out-patient implant procedure. But if anyone wanted to know the truth about the “mark”, they should look at the two little words, “ON”, and “IN”, and notice that those two words, are VERY different, and mean two different things. I mention that, because so many people, bible prophecy teachers, and so many others, are so misguided about the Mark. I stick with only one original bible, the King James Version, and no other, because “man” (with satan’s backing, of course) made all those different bibles, and changed God’s Word in many verses, and God very much WARNED everyone for that to NOT happen. And so, back to the “mark”, the verse says that it is IN the right hand or forehead, not ON. Some people say it’s a tattoo, since they’ve been brought up only knowing that it’s “ON the right hand”. Imagine if they are misguided on THAT one verse, how many more are they not knowing the truth on?•Reply•Share ›
Christiana et Fidelis • 3 months agoIt’s a total nightmare 🌃 🌉 when government entities micromanage and track the activities of its citizenry; that includes the requirement of intrusive digital IDs for people to justify their own existence and/or to peaceably and freely associate.6 •Reply•Share ›
Ektor57 • 3 months agoAnd most people thought their smart phones were really smart. So smart as to make a permanent slave in the progressive new world order.5 •Reply•Share ›
Pat Ormsby • 3 months agoI have to wonder what happens to people who cannot tolerate cellphone radiation. These days, governments assume you have a smartphone that will accept their app. I just wrote off to the Japanese government asking if they have any way to accommodate people with the functional impairment of electrosensitivity who for any reason need to travel. I am awaiting their reply, but I’ll bet they haven’t even thought of it. I was denied the ability to send a Christmas package to my mother last fall because I didn’t have a smartphone. My mother in the US, who likewise does not have a cellphone, says she is finding a lot of services unavailable to her now too. They talk of “digital discrimination.” This is an aspect that needs to be addressed as well. People like me were happy to live quietly at the edge of society and let others have fun with technology, but now we are being squeezed off the edges. Tyrannies destroy diversity. Monocultures are vulnerable to parasites and illness.4 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice Pat Ormsby • 3 months agoPat, I just tell anyone who expects me to have a cell phone that I don’t have one. Period. Yes, they are squeezing us off the edge but until I’m absolutely forced to, I will continue to just say no. Another thing you can say is that once 5G was installed, your phone no longer worked…” Oh Bummer”1 •Reply•Share ›
Ron Hollis • 3 months ago • editedOne only needs to look no further than China: “ Is the West Starting to Adopt China’s Orwellian Social Credit System and Internet Firewall?”, Robert Destro. https://www.theepochtimes.c…What may sound like a dystopian vision of the future is already happening in China. And it’s making and breaking lives. The Communist Party calls it “social credit” and says it will be fully operational by 2020.https://www.abc.net.au/news…3 •Reply•Share ›
Brian Collecott Ron Hollis • 3 months agoI’m betting there will be massive damage from body-worn comms unfortunately. You can’t wander around with an always-on radio transmitter and not suffer injury, as we’ve seen with cellphones kept under straps and belts.2 •Reply•Share ›
Voyt Regnal • 3 months agoMajority of people in countries that are under WEF influence, working people..just do not have a slightest clue what is coming. People are too busy with kids and workload. And this is exactly what Elite psychopaths are counting on.3 •Reply•Share ›
Brian Collecott Voyt Regnal • 3 months agoWell it’s interesting – most have not the slightest clue what is coming. The shock when it hits them, hopefully will turn to outrage and massive protest, regardless, as people insist on protecting their families at all costs.•Reply•Share ›
Joan C. Brian Collecott • 2 months agoSo, give up your mystery, and tell us what is coming….because I know that, my idea of what’s coming, is more than likely, quite different than yours….? And there might even a third person, who has another idea, of what their idea is, of what’s coming…lol. Mine? Can be cashed at the bank, so to speak…•Reply•Share ›
Captain_Obvious • 3 months agoA few suggestions for the next response from the feckless World Bank. Some sure fire legislative proposal trigger words: 1. Government will NEVER be able to either define or legislate morality. 2. Try some proven words like “98% of scientists agree”, “science based”, “gender neutral”. 3, We don’t want diversity, we want identity. You know, like “I’m from the USA and fought to free the globe for individual rights – not governmental rights”, where we welcome more immigrants than any other country in the world and founded in Judeo-Christian values (you know the morality the government could never create). 4. I mean “green” and “climate neutral”. Are people that gullible or are those at the world bank that stupid? Answer is obvious I assume.2 •Reply•Share ›
orangputeh • 3 months ago19 Shocking Facts And Theories About The Bilderberg Group Apr 26, 2017 The Bilderberg Group meets once every year. The last meeting, at the time of this writing, was held in June 2016 at the Taschenbergpalais hotel that is located in Dresden. Up to 150 of the world’s wealthiest and most powerful political leaders attend the annual event. The attendees include royalty, presidents, prime ministers, chief executives of major international conglomerates, media moguls, and world bankers.The first Bilderberg meeting was held during 1954. The organization was founded with the intent to create powerful connections between European countries and North Americans. The meeting is a secretive, informal discussion about global trends with open communication between the elite members of the world who have massive influence in world affairs. No statements of any kind are allowed to be made to the press regarding the proceedings or what is talked about at the meeting. There are no meeting minutes taken and no reports of the discussions or official statement about the discussions is produced or made. Anything learned at the meeting can be freely used by any of the members; however, no one is permitted to talk about it…….the goal of the Bilderberg Group is one world government with one global marketplace. The people are to be kept in check by a one world army and use a single global currency controlled by a one world bank. The end goal is no less than complete world domination…https://www.theclever.com/2…1 •Reply•Share ›
Ron Hollis • 3 months ago“Artificial intelligence has applications in nearly every human domain, from the instant translation of spoken language to early viral-outbreak detection. But Xi [Xi Jinping, president of China] also wants to use AI’s awesome analytical powers to push China to the cutting edge of surveillance. He wants to build an all-seeing digital system of social control, patrolled by precog algorithms that identify potential dissenters in real time.” “China already has hundreds of millions of surveillance cameras in place. Xi’s government hopes to soon achieve full video coverage of key public areas. Much of the footage collected by China’s cameras is parsed by algorithms for security threats of one kind or another. In the near future, every person who enters a public space could be identified, instantly, by AI matching them to an ocean of personal data, including their every text communication, and their body’s one-of-a-kind protein-construction schema. In time, algorithms will be able to string together data points from a broad range of sources—travel records, friends and associates, reading habits, purchases—to predict political resistance before it happens. China’s government could soon achieve an unprecedented political stranglehold on more than 1 billion people.” “China is already developing powerful new surveillance tools, and exporting them to dozens of the world’s actual and would-be autocracies. Over the next few years, those technologies will be refined and integrated into all-encompassing surveillance systems that dictators can plug and play.”1 •Reply•Share ›
SYakoban • 3 months agoReminds me of the phony coin shortage claims that have been going on. That’s the benign way to start pulling physical currency out of circulation with willing participants.Download the report here while you can: https://chrgj.org/wp-conten…1 •Reply•Share ›
MICHAEL • 3 months ago • editedEXCELLENT ARTICLE…EXPLORES EVERY CORNER…DIGITAL ID IS 5G…SAME APPROACH, SAME PROPAGANDA, SAME ASSUMPTION OF POPULAR SUPPORT, SAME PSYCHOLOGY, SAME PLAN…1 •Reply•Share ›
MDskeptic • 3 months agoHuman rights violations with digital IDs? Really? What a paranoid notion. NYU Better check with Art Caplan their resident ethicist stakeholder before ruffling any feathers.1 1•Reply•Share ›
Priscilla King • 2 months agoThe guaranteed effect of losing online anonymity would be GOSSIP. For those who’ve not lived in small towns, think a whole world. of middle school. People would want to avoid using the Internet. Internet use would be coerced in a totally Orwellian scenario. Meh. I earned a lot of money typing on real typewriters.•Reply•Share ›
Steven Berge • 3 months agoI have great faith that the ID system will be used to enhance elite control and profit. No other conclusion is possible when the history of the new world order is scrutinized. Be active! Resist by boycotting mega corporations, don’t participate in the republicratic party sham, keep your money local and supporting the local economy, maybe even start local/regional “currencies”.•Reply•Share ›
Izzy S Sa • 3 months agoNow we can truly see why they had to immobilise Julian Assange, Edward Snowden, Ola Bini, WikiLeaks et al. A devious plot indeed•Reply•Share ›
michiganwoman • 3 months agoBad. People are tired to the bone. Public policy has not benefited the people for decades. The stock market exploits the labor market to gain their ever necessary profit. We were sold credit systems of indebtedness instead of given relevant wages that increased to meet the needs of people. Lies are ok in America today..Obama signed law in 2012 approving the use of propaganda on the American people. They all lie. Truth? Facts? One has to be a mental giant to weed through the crap. Very tired. All this time we thought it was for the people.. trust in our institutions, politicians. Gone. Now they are trying to kill us. No one can trust anything. Our future has been hijacked by really evil people. The good guys out here will have to stand up.•Reply•Share ›
Jerry Alatalo • 3 months ago • edited…Pushed by international bankers who’ve seen their share of the world’s currency market moving in the wrong direction, and determined to “digitally lock in customers” – the sole option using their digital money “products” – before any further degrading/drop in their market share, potentially massive losses, in the global currency competition… TThis attempt to bring about a new global economic paradigm, this unprecedented Earthly development attempting to bring even more centralized power and control to a small handful (.001%) at the expense of the 99.999%’s remaining freedoms’ obliteration, adds more solid proof that “For the love of money is the root of all evil.”•Reply•Share ›
FMHenry • 3 months agoauthors argued for open debate “with full transparency and involving all relevant stakeholders”…..And relevant stakeholder shall mean/include: “…citizens, voters, taxpayers…”.•Reply•Share ›
CastleConnell • 3 months agoI think we need a parallel digital, decentralized system. Cash will go whether we like it or not. So we have to find a digitally convenient way to do commerce while maintaining privacy and autonomy. That is why this is all happening, the central banks see decentralized fintech coming down the pipe, and are not only trying to put a stop to its gallop, but usurping these great new technologies to exploit the globe, Voldemort and his minions come to mind. There are loads of opportunities through blockchain to side step their game, as long as the DOJ does its job.•Reply•Share ›
Ronald Martono CastleConnell • 3 months agoA parallel digital, decentralized system will surely made illegal once the digital dollar is rolled out – and then how many people will still dare to trade illegal crypto? Internet access will be even more controlled at that stage and someone needs an ISP to get online so there is a trace track always. They say the blockchain cannot be hacked, even by govts, even if that would be technically correct yet the govt can just put draconian penalties on crypto possession and use and people will stay away. Crypto is not the solution. The people that will survive outside the Brave New World Order will be largely depending on ANALOG means and be skilled in the old fashioned way.2 •Reply•Share ›
Beatrice Ronald Martono • 3 months agoYou are spot on Ronald. Digital is digital and will always be easy to hack and track…that applies to Crypto and blockchain. The IRS was hacked..hello??? Analog IS the only way. Why can’t people see this? The IRS is already requiring all citizens to report any and all bitcoin. We need to build communities that function on a barter system or some type of scrip like they used in the coal mines.
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
What will happen is an Electricity blackout lasting between 4-6 month and all electronics down. Has to be repaired/replaced and restarted. Including the stop of transport of food and the result of the system of global produce/transport. That is the main reason why China is hoarding so much food. They know what is coming. They must know but do not care at all for them we are lest than an ant and dispend able and proven many times very recently being Covid and the fake CO2 agenda.
Tucker Carlson: ‘Did the US Do It?’
In his September 27, 2022, show, Carlson laid the blame at the feet of the Biden administration. As noted by Carlson, Russia has no reasonable motive for blowing up its own multibillion-dollar pipelines. Those pipelines are part of Russia’s power, wealth and leverage against Europe, which needs Russian energy to survive, both economically and physically.
To quote Carlson, Putin would have to be “a suicidal moron” to waste that leverage, for any reason. If he wanted to cripple Europe by shutting off the gas, he could do that without destroying the equipment. Indeed, he’d already done just that.
Other countries, however, may gain from the destruction of those pipelines, and at least two U.S. officials have openly called for it.
Carlson showed footage from a February 2022 White House press conference in which President Biden warns that if Russia invades Ukraine, the U.S. will “bring an end” to Nord Stream 2. When asked, “But how will you do that, exactly, since the project is within Germany’s control?” Biden replied, “I promise you, we will be able to do it.”
Victoria Nuland, under secretary for political affairs at the U.S. State Department, made similar promises in January 2022, when she stated that “If Russia invades Ukraine, one way or another, Nord Stream 2 will not move forward.”
Another person who believes the U.S. is responsible is Columbia University professor Jeffrey Sachs,12 an economist, public policy analyst, director of the Center for Sustainable Development and chairman of the Lancet Commission, who, by the way, has also been outspoken about his suspicions that SARS-CoV-2 emerged from a U.S.-backed research program in China.
In a recent Bloomberg interview, Sachs suggested the pipelines were struck by the U.S. as a means of damaging the Russian economy, something that sanctions have failed to accomplish. Bloomberg host Tom Keene quickly interjected saying, “Jeff, we’ve got to stop there … What evidence do you have of that?” Sachs responded:13
“Well, first, there is direct radar evidence that US military helicopters that are normally based in Gdansk were circling over this area. We also had the threat from … [Nuland] earlier this year that ‘one way or another we are going to end Nord Stream.’
We also had a remarkable statement from Secretary of State [Antony] Blinken last Friday in a press conference where he said ‘this is also a tremendous opportunity.’ It’s a strange way to talk if you’re worried about piracy on international infrastructure of vital significance.
I know it runs counter to our narrative; you’re not allowed to say these things in the West. But the fact of the matter is, all over the world, when I talk to people, they think the U.S. did it. Even reporters on our papers that are involved tell me ‘of course’ (the U.S. did it), but it doesn’t show up in our media.”
Carlson also highlighted the environmental impacts of this sabotage. Enormous amounts of natural gas are streaming into the Baltic Sea, which may have a dire effect on marine mammals in the area.
The people lecturing you about your SUV may have blown up a natural gas pipeline and created one of the great catastrophes of our time in its effect on the environment. If they did this, it would be the craziest, most destructive things any American administration has EVER done. ~ Tucker Carlson
Natural gas is also comprised of 90% methane, a key driver, allegedly, of manmade global warming, which climate change activists insist poses an acute and lethal threat to all mankind.
“So, if you’re worried about climate change, what just happened to the Nord Stream pipelines is as close to the apocalypse as we have ever come,” Carlson says.
Biden has declared climate change the most pressing emergency in the history of the world. If his administration is responsible for blowing up these pipelines, then they’re also responsible for massively worsening climate change, as the methane emitted from these pipelines far outweigh the methane released from cows, for example, which the Green Agenda is so intent on eliminating in order to “save the planet.” As noted by Carlson:
“The people lecturing you about your SUV may have blown up a natural gas pipeline and created one of the great catastrophes of our time in its effect on the environment. If they did this, it would be the craziest, most destructive things any American administration has EVER done.
But it would also be totally consistent with what they do … They destroy. These people build nothing. Not one thing. Instead, they tear down and they desecrate — from historic statues, to the Constitution, to energy infrastructure.
And no one in Congress is trying to stop any of it. They’re just preparing for the inevitable fallout. Tonight, the Senate just prepared a spending bill with $35 million for the Department of Energy to ‘prepare for and respond to potential radiological incidences in Ukraine.'”
That bill brings U.S. expenditure on Ukraine, for its war effort and funding of its government and energy, to $67 billion. According to Carlson, that’s more than Russia’s entire military budget for 2021.
What Will Happen Next?
Another obvious question that remains to be answered is, what next? As Carlson points out, if the U.S. is responsible for blowing up the Nord Stream pipelines, we have basically entered into direct war with Russia, one of the greatest nuclear powers on the planet.
And, certainly, it’s reasonable to suspect that this kind of industrial terrorism, this intentional sabotage, will have consequences. Aside from a nuclear response, Russia could conceivably respond by severing underwater power and data cables, which would immediately cripple Western nations.
In his Bloomberg interview, Sachs discussed his deep concerns about where we’re headed. He correctly highlighted that the world is in a period of unprecedented instability, with the potential for nuclear war looming, at the same time as we’re suffering hyperinflation, energy shortages and more.
What’s worse, there are no efforts to address any of these issues. Instead, world leaders are acting in a manner that escalates and worsens the situation. “So many provocations in the midst of huge instability!” Sachs said.
So, who would actually benefit from the destruction of the two Nord Stream pipelines, one of which, by the way, had not even opened yet (Nord Stream 2). The U.S. certainly appears to have both motive and intention. U.S. officials have publicly stated that they would “one way or another” eliminate Nord Stream 2 if Russia decided to invade Ukraine, which, of course, it did.
By sabotaging the pipelines, the U.S. stands to gain financially by increasing its own natural gas exports, and it gains by weakening Russia’s income potential and leverage over Europe. The loss of the pipelines also benefits the U.S. by putting Europe in a situation where it cannot be tempted to leave America’s side against Russia. As noted by The American Conservative:14
“Winter is soon arriving in Europe. If European peoples get tired of being cold, and/or paying a fortune for heating, they may take to the streets to demand that their governments push for peace negotiations between Russia and Ukraine, so that the flow of Russian gas can start again. But now, with the Nord Stream pipelines badly damaged, that possibility has been foreclosed …”
Poland may also benefit, as it just opened its own pipeline, as might Israel,15,16 which entered into negotiations with the European Union to supply natural gas when Russia started cutting off supplies (see video above).
Russia, meanwhile, just lost a multibillion-dollar investment, long-term wealth potential and hence geopolitical power, and present-day leverage against NATO sanctions.
Aside from “sending a message” that it’s willing to destroy civilian infrastructure, it gains nothing from sabotaging its own pipelines, and such a message would have been far clearer and more rational had they attacked someone else’s infrastructure and not its own.
September 26, 2022, massive “leaks” were detected in two Russian pipelines, Nord Stream 1 and Nord Stream 2, which deliver natural gas from Russia to Europe underneath the Baltic Sea
It was quickly determined the leaks were the result of intentional sabotage. Germany will partner with Denmark and Sweden to investigate the explosions using navy, police and intelligence services from the three countries
One day after the Nord Stream sabotage, a new Polish natural gas pipeline was inaugurated. Israel has also been in negotiations with the EU to supply natural gas to Europe
Western officials and media blame Russia itself. The Washington Post suggested Russian President Vladimir Putin is “weaponizing the Nord Stream pipelines,” and Bob Rae, Canada’s ambassador to the United Nations, accused Russia of “using pollution as an act of war.” Putin has dismissed such allegations as “stupid,” and is placing the blame on the U.S.
In a September 27, 2022, show, Fox News host Tucker Carlson laid the blame at the feet of the Biden administration. Columbia University professor Jeffrey Sachs, an economist and public policy analyst, also believes the pipelines were struck by the U.S. as a means of damaging the Russian economy, something that sanctions have failed to accomplish
September 26, 2022, massive “leaks” were detected in two Russian pipelines, Nord Stream 1 and Nord Stream 2, which deliver natural gas from Russia to Europe underneath the Baltic Sea.
Within a couple of days, several countries, including Russia, agreed the leaks were the result of intentional sabotage or, to quote Fox News host Tucker Carlson (above), “an act of industrial terrorism.” Obvious questions include who did it? Why? And why now?
Incidentally, just one day after the Nord Stream sabotage, a new Polish pipeline was inaugurated. As reported by the Pipeline Technology Journal, the Baltic Pipe will “help Poland and Europe reduce their longstanding dependency on Russian natural gas” by transporting gas from Norway via Denmark to Poland and neighboring nations.1
Military Readiness Escalates
According to Naval News, Nordic countries have heightened their military readiness in response to the sabotage:2
“The explosions took place in the Swedish and Danish exclusive economic zones, and the Danish Navy was quick to send both naval and airborne units to investigate, while on the Swedish side the Coast Guard is responsible with the Navy standing by to provide assistance if needed …
Closer to the other end of the pipeline, Finland has declined to comment on whether there is an increase in readiness following the Nordstream leaks in line with a longstanding policy of ambiguity …
A country that has been open with their heightened readiness is Norway. The European oil and gas powerhouse had already before the incidents reported on unidentified drone activity close to their energy infrastructure in the North Sea, and in the aftermath of the incident the Norwegian government has decided on heightened security at the Norwegian oil and gas infrastructure …
[Norwegian] Prime Minister Jonas Gahr Støre has accepted offers of help from Germany, France and the UK to increase the security surrounding the North Sea oil and gas infrastructure.”
Germany has announced it will partner with Denmark and Sweden to investigate the sabotage using navy, police and intelligence services from the three countries.3
Who’s Being Blamed?
Several countries have officially condemned the brazen attack on civilian infrastructure, including the U.K. Ministry of Defense4 and the NATO alliance as a whole. In a September 29, 2022, statement, NATO said attacks on allies’ critical infrastructure will be met with “a united and determined response.”5
Fatih Birol, head of the Paris-based International Energy Agency — which provides energy policy recommendations, analysis and data for 42 countries — said it was “very obvious” who was behind the sabotage but didn’t specify who that might be.6
Western officials and media have by and large blamed Russia itself. The Washington Post Suggested Russian President Vladimir Putin is “fully weaponizing the Nord Stream pipelines.” Bob Rae, Canada’s ambassador to the United Nations, accused Russia of “using pollution as an act of war.”7
The Center for Strategic & International Studies admitted that Russia’s motives for attacking its own pipelines are unclear, but that it “may be warning and signaling to Europe and the West that it is willing to target civilian infrastructure.”8 Putin has dismissed such allegations as “stupid,” and is placing the blame on the West, the U.S. in particular.9 As reported by Yahoo News:10
“Russian officials have said Washington had a motive as it wants to sell more liquefied natural gas (LNG) to Europe. President Vladimir Putin said … the United States and its allies blew up Nord Stream. ‘The sanctions were not enough for the Anglo-Saxons: they moved onto sabotage,’ he said … [The] White House has dismissed the accusation that it was responsible …
[If] it was an act of sabotage, it has damaged pipelines that were built by Kremlin-controlled Gazprom and its European partners at a cost that ran into billions of dollars.
The damage also means Russia loses an element of leverage it still had over Europe, which has been racing to find other gas supplies for winter, even if the Nord Stream pipelines where not pumping gas when the leaks were discovered, analysts say.
Whoever or whatever is to blame, Ukraine may also be a beneficiary. Kyiv has long called for Europe to halt all purchases of Russian fuel — even though some gas still runs to Europe across its territory. Disrupting Nord Stream brings Kyiv’s call for a full Russian fuel embargo closer to reality.”
European security officials claim Russian navy support ships and submarines were observed in the vicinity of the leaks. Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov rebutted saying “a much larger” NATO presence was also in the area.11 As mentioned earlier, Norwegian authorities have also reported “unidentified drone activity” near other energy infrastructure in the North Sea.
For now, the answer to who blew up the Nord Stream pipelines remains elusive. It seems all we can do is wait for the results of the German-Nordic alliance’s investigation, and hope that cooler heads prevail.
Lies, Lies everywhere?
The covid story as an example:
Pfizer Exec Admits COVID Vaccine Was Not Tested for Preventing Transmission
A Pfizer executive said Monday that before Pfizer released its COVID-19 vaccine into the market, neither she nor other Pfizer officials knew whether the vaccine would prevent transmission because the drugmaker hadn’t tested for it.
Link copied
By Jack Phillips
A Pfizer executive said Monday that neither she nor other Pfizer officials knew whether its COVID-19 vaccine would stop transmission before entering the market last year.
“Was the Pfizer COVID vaccine tested on stopping the transmission of the virus before it entered the market? Did we know about stopping immunization before it entered the market?”
Pfizer’s Janine Small, president of international developed markets, said in response:
“No … You know, we had to … really move at the speed of science to know what is taking place in the market.”
Roos, of the Netherlands, argued in a Twitter video Monday that following Small’s comments to him, millions of people around the world were duped by pharmaceutical companies and governments.
link:
“Millions of people worldwide felt forced to get vaccinated because of the myth that ‘you do it for others,’” Roos said. “Now, this turned out to be a cheap lie” and “should be exposed,” he added.
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration wrote in late 2020 that there was no data available to determine whether the vaccine would prevent transmission and for how long it would protect against transmission of the SARS-CoV-2 virus that causes COVID-19.
“At this time, data are not available to make a determination about how long the vaccine will provide protection, nor is there evidence that the vaccine prevents transmission of SARS-CoV-2 from person to person,” the agency specifically noted.
Meanwhile, Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla, around the same time, said his firm was “not certain” if those who receive its mRNA vaccine will be able to transmit COVID-19 to other people.
”I think this is something that needs to be examined. We are not certain about that right now,” Bourla told NBC News in December 2020 in response to a question about transmissibility.
Former White House medical adviser Dr. Deborah Birx in June revealed that there was evidence in December 2020 that individuals who received COVID-19 vaccines, including Pfizer’s, could still transmit the virus.
“We knew early on in January of 2021, in late December of 2020, that reinfection was occurring after natural infection,” Birx, the White House COVID-19 response coordinator during the Trump administration, told members of Congress this year.
Worldwide nuclear based genocide war Games as played in the US/White house.
At its basis’s the fact that the governments in the US and Europe/EU are taken over/controlled by the Cabal/NWO. The Bric’s countries also owned by the Cabal (Big Banks) but not the complete media like in the West.
I realize that a number of my readers will shake their head and exit. So, it will be!
Playing war games in the US.
Depending on how one intends in the dreamtime, the results of one’s intentions appear to manifest in just one’s private experience or also in the experience of so-called others. For example, in the case of playing war games with tanks, some students of psychokinesis will have a tank disappear from their view, or from a few people’s view, but not from everyone’s view.
A master of psychokinesis should have control over how the result manifests and not leave it to chance. If the intention is to disable the destructive potential of a nuclear missile heading towards a target, then it should disappear from everyone’s point of view. However, if the intention is to get people to minimize their time in Hell, then it is better for those who are headed there to suffer from nuclear war and burn off some of the sin through suffering before they die. At least, that is the case assuming that they do not further compound their misdeeds as a result. Parallel universes can be invoked so that only those who advance the goal of nuclear war actually suffer from it. This is very important to understand because those pushing the world towards annihilation have anger in their minds directed towards others that they want to cause to suffer or die. Yet those people, by the very fact of that anger and partiality of mind do not have certainty of action. They cannot ensure that it is others, and not themselves and those that they are attached to that will end up the victims. In actual fact, their anger will cause them to suffer in the nuclear war with certainty and not even be able to die a quick death from it. It is a promise that God has already made, and they do not have the ability to undo. What they do have the ability to do, if they so choose, is to repent of their anger and plans for nuclear war, and beg God’s forgiveness. Then if they destroy the weapons and the threat to everyone that is the result of their existence, they too can avoid the intense suffering of radiation sickness, and the much worse fires and suffering of Hell itself. If the US government did not believe in Hell, then why have they commanded their remote viewers not to investigate its existence, its conditions, and how beings end up there. It is critical intelligence for making an informed decision.
Would you invest in a bank before checking its credit rating and solvency? Why believe instead in the words of a government that cannot even run an occupation successfully in a third world country? They have no certainty of action and their approval ratings show that the public knows it. So how can you keep your blinders on without massive doses of intentional ignorance –called stupidity? Is it good to emulate stupidity? Will stupidity save you from suffering? Or is it a failed option, one that never had a chance to help anyone, let alone a government that inherited nuclear weapons? Ultimately, it is the case that different people experience the same event differently anyway. But this effect is greatly exaggerated when a strong intender is trying to get the optimal result for everyone in terms of minimizing their future suffering. For example, when Christ preformed miracles, some people saw people being healed or were healed themselves. Others without faith only saw a faker making trouble and wanted him stopped even if it took killing him to do so. The results that people got from coming to see Christ depended on their own state of mind. That said, I will now talk about some of the experiments that the US military did on psychokinesis and what they said about the results of them. One of the tests that I participated in was on whether psychokinesis could be used to disable incoming nuclear missiles. This was a test that I designed myself as I had complained that Star Wars was ludicrous as one could do better, without technical difficulties or cost, just by intending the result that one wanted. Because I had made these comments at a JCS meeting during Reagan’s second term, one of the Generals present asked for me to put on a demo that Reagan could easily attend –as opposed to one out at the Nevada Test Site like some of the earlier ones that I had been involved in. As a result, I was standing in the Oval Office with Reagan at the time that this particular teat was run, and the Pentagon was monitoring the results and conveying the results to Reagan by phone. Three planes were sent up and asked to fire missiles at a target –in this case the missiles were non-nuclear that fragmented into hundreds of pieces mimicking a multiple warhead nuclear weapon. The pieces were luminescent –like phosphorus tracers and easy to see in the night sky as well as to photograph. The military made a number of runs, conducted at a distant base in Okalahoma, if I remember correctly. Then they asked me to “deflect the rounds”.
At first, they believed that the missiles were not firing from the planes because they saw no tracers. But when the planes landed, indeed the missiles were missing.
62 As the evening progressed, they asked me to let the tracers start to show and then disappear so they could see where the psychokinesis was occurring in the sky. Remember that this is happening half a continent away from my physical location per their thinking. The next run recorded on film showed dots of light followed by darkness. They were of such brief duration that only a few of them were caught on the film, so they asked me to let the tracers show for longer. Now I am calling them tracers because they were luminescent but in fact they were large missiles of phosphorus on the order of a ton each. They lit up the sky very brightly before I was asked to demonstrate their psychokinetic destruction. Because the military wanted to track their psychokinetic decay, which was really instantaneous, I had to change my intention to a slower decay. So I let the missiles fizzle out like a balloon that is released without being tied. That gave a thin strand of light rather like a large firefly for each fragment. Although the pretests had lots of phosphorus hitting the ground in pieces, and setting fields on fire, my runs had no fires starting and later examination in the morning did not find any phosphorus on the ground below. The military had trouble believing that it had the right area and insisted on repeating the test. The second test was done the next day during daylight at another base, in the desert. In this case the military spread out large blue plastic tarps and looked for burns and melted plastic to judge how well I had done in destroying the missiles with my mind. Again, when we started, they did not believe that I had destroyed the missiles even though the planes came back without them, since they saw nothing. So I ended up having to let a trace of the phosphorus start its burn and drop to the ground before getting rid of the rest so that they would believe me and believe that the missiles were over the plastic tarp area which was about the length of a runway and about 20 feet wide. I am a bit of a prankster so I arranged the first drops of the phosphorus to be in even lines on only the first tarp. One general later accused me of rigging the test though in fact I was more than half a continent away and everything I did occurred by the use of my mind not my hands as he accused me of. The real issue was whether one could evaporate a nuclear weapon without having radioactive dust hit the ground. So the next test was one of putting uranium in a conventional missile as a dirty bomb. This was done at the Nevada Test Site in case I failed and again I was not on site. I was standing in Casey’s office at CIA HQ at the time with Reagan on the phone. The size of the bomb was about 500 lbs and the amount of radiation would have been substantial. The fallout downwind could have been a real problem and some Generals had objected to the test on that basis as it was after the Limited Test Ban Treaty. While there was no nuclear explosion perse and so there was no violation of the letter of the treaty, the amount of potential release of radiation was nearly half of the first A-bomb released over Japan. Given that being the case, the test was delayed until an almost windless day. I was not quite clear about the logic of that since I doubted that the radiation would be swept up by brooms before the next windy day. However, I had no intention of failing and so I went forward with the test. I am used to having certainty of result in that personality. It is because of that certainty of result that I have often been used for these tests. The result of the test was that there was no increase in radiation detected afterwards compared to what had been at the site previously. Some scientists objected that the radiation levels were slightly lower than they had been before and said that the results might not have been from getting rid of the radiation in the bomb as much as getting rid of it on the ground afterwards. I found that a moot point. After all the point was to prevent fallout that could hurt people.
63 That test was followed a few months later by more sophisticated tests on decreasing specific types of radiation –such as gamma rays versus alpha waves. It really made no difference –it was only a difference in the intention. Those tests were run underground in caverns already created by nuclear explosions. The tests showed that the mind could evaporate a ton of highly radioactive material instantaneously. In this case we had visuals directly from security camera in the cavern. In one frame the ton of uranium is there and in the next it was almost not and the second one it was gone. People accused me of getting kickbacks from the uranium ore company that I wasted a ton of the precious material but that was not the case. Here I have omitted details of the actual tests because of true national security reasons. Omission of the details in this specific case will not prevent countries from protecting themselves from nuclear war and fallout. The next set of tests that I want to mention happened a few years later in the Bush Sr. administration. These tests involved me at the site of the radiation, in this case at the Nevada Test Site primarily. I was asked to walk through radioactive caverns and ingest large lethal doses of radiation to test my abilities. Really it was a little bizarre since I could decontaminate a whole cavern of the radiation after an atomic explosion, so there was no need to force me to ingest lethal doses before I decontaminated it.
The experiments verged on the sadistic and except that I had very unusual abilities relative to my body I would not have survived them.12 The Gnome nuclear blast cavity (above), located 1,184’ below Carlsbad, New Mexico is another test-site that was likely used for these very sensitive radiation abatement and clean-up experiments. Arrigo documents an astonishing feat of human consciousness that, if replicated on a larger scale, could reverse the contamination of our planet and the destiny of our species. However, she also warns that the feasibility of radiation abatement by psychokinetic masters has fed into the Nazi US government genocidal fantasies by providing a potential means to clean up their premeditated radiation disaster.
64 When I arrived up at the Mount Weather base in October of 2003, I quickly discovered that I had been recalled from Canada because the US had run out of more conventional solutions to a problem that they felt was urgent to solve.
The problem was explained to me by the Commander of Mount Weather as “We plan to use this base for its intended function (to house the US officials in the event of nuclear war) but all of the remote viewers say that no one will survive a nuclear war here… You are the one that says everything is possible… You are the one that we trust to be able to do it.” “Perhaps you misunderstand what I say at the beginning of my remote viewing training intensives –I say that anything that is ethical to do can be done.” “What is unethical about saving the life of the President and his advisors?” he asked. “Billions of other people dead from the nuclear war.” I replied. “But the scientists have calculated out the number of people that need to survive to have enough genetic variation for the species to continue and they put the number at 210 families. We will have 240 for extra margin of safety.” I looked down at my shoes in embarrassment. Not only were the scientists wrong per my intuition, but also, I had just been told that the US government intended to nuke everyone off the face of the planet and leave only 240 families in a hole in the ground… I called Tenet at CIA Headquarters and asked to speak to him… He said “There have been changes around here since I last saw you. They (the White House) believe nuclear war is inevitable, only a matter of time. They want” and his voice quavered momentarily “to schedule the end as part of a ceremony, on a solstice, for the best effect… This is for real. This is the way they see it. Take everyone else out and start over—just them. That way there is no overpopulation; no racial tension; no exhaustion of the petroleum reserves. They can’t imagine life without oil. They don’t want to share what is left of it…” “But that is insane” I replied. “We can go to another source of fuel. We can create new solutions.” “That is not the way they see it. They don’t have the confidence that you have. They don’t believe that creativity will always find a solution… They want you to bring [the radiation] back down to normal background levels after everyone else is dead, down to normal again like you did at the Nevada Test Site demonstration.” “I can’t do that to preserve the lives of mass murderers.” I replied… “I refuse to help them kill off the planet’s life, even if I could do what they wanted, which I can’t”…
65 Over the next few days [Senator Jay] Rockefeller [at left] showed up a number of times with contractors to explain to them what he wanted changed in his “privatized part” of the underground facility. While most of the facility was not much different in style than the inside of CIA headquarters, there were some notable exceptions. Rockefeller’s section already looked like the inside of the New York Metropolitan Museum filled with precious art objects and with high vaulted gothic ceilings. He now ordered that his section be expanded from mansion-size to three times as large, and a new swimming pool installed which was about Olympic-sized. I was not happy with this change as an enormous amount of dust was generated by this construction over the many months it took to complete and that overloaded the air filtering system which had to be replaced and upgraded again to handle the extra interior volume. The facility was now about 9% larger overall. And the construction thinned the wall of rock that was acting to make the shelter safe. Even in the construction of this ‘albatross’ the concerned parties were unable to agree on what was fair in terms of size or number of people to be admitted to it. Rockefeller intended to bring in whomever he wanted at the last moment, including all the “cousins” that he liked and their children. Officially, there were only two Rockefellers on the list [–Jay and his uncle David] …
I wrote up my remote viewing findings on the Mount Weather [radiation shelter scenario] over the month of October 2003. Those retreating to the base in the event of a nuclear war would almost certainly kill each other off long before the radiation levels became livable. There would be too many alpha-males in a small space.
Minor disagreements would be magnified in a confined space under stress. Major disagreements that already divided them would be even harder to check than before. By having killed billions of innocent human beings, the taboo against killing would be so weakened as to be non-existent. They would kill each other, just as they had killed others.
The next day, on about November 4, 2003, I was called into the White House to explain my report in person to Bush Jr. and Bush Sr. as they were upset by the content of it. Also present in the Oval Office at the time were Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld, but no one else… Only three copies of that report had been made “for eyes only”; one for the President, one for Tenet, and one for the Commander of Mount Weather whose duty it was to report to the JCS on all matters concerning that base…
Rumsfeld wanted me to go point by point through my report on why a nuclear first strike would not be survivable. The report that I had written was about fourteen pages long, plus an appendix, which was over two hundred pages and went through the actual remote viewing analyses… What one sees as a viewer are possible futures. My specialty in remote viewing has been to develop the analyses so that those possible futures have reliable probabilities assigned to them. Since I have a mathematical training and have done much stock prediction in one personality, I have been able to scientifically validate the analyses that I developed… It has to do with holographic mind—a way of seeing all the possibilities at once in a flash of understanding.
Most people have never experienced such an understanding and cannot believe that such a state of mind is possible… So, to convince them I gave them the experience of holographic mind for a while. It is such a different way of understanding the world that most people cannot hold that understanding after they come out of it. All they can do is know that they had the experience of the understanding briefly. It is like looking at a city map before folding it up again. You know that you saw it but you couldn’t say much about what it was that you saw, and you couldn’t reproduce the map from memory. But having been shown it by someone telling you directions, you can believe that they do know how to direct you to get to your destination. So, after I explained holographic analysis and demonstrated it, they no longer questioned my assertions about the probability of the events that I discussed in my report. None-the-less, Rumsfeld wanted me to go through each point carefully to make sure that I had not overlooked anything. So, I did.
66 When I got to the point of asserting that the survivors would have to stay in the shelter for over 5 years in order to not die in their first month out of it, Rumsfeld wanted to know why I was able to conclude that? Would no remote viewer be able to bring down the radiation any better than that? I tried to demonstrate that by putting them back into holographic mind but their nausea in witnessing their possible future radiation sickness was too great for them to stand and they refused to continue with the demonstration.
I said that if they could not even stand to remote view how nauseated they might be in the future that they shouldn’t undertake the course of action that led to that… As we continued stepping through the report, it dawned on Rumsfeld that I might be right that nuclear first strike would not be survivable. As Rumsfeld started to agree with me and with Tenet that it was a bad idea, Cheney began attacking me personally. The attacks were not based on the evidence, but on his perception of me being “disloyal” for not agreeing with him… Finally, Rumsfeld asked to at least be allowed to hear me out. Cheney refused and said that I was poisoning their minds against the plan. He stated that the only reason that Tenet was no longer in favor of the plan was because of his contact with me. He then started swearing at me and calling me obscenities. I told them to get a remote viewer that they could trust and walked out of the Oval Office. Before I made it out of the building I was handcuffed and escorted back to the Oval Office where I was berated for my “uncooperative attitude”. I said that I would not speak as long as the handcuffs were on me. I was sent to the basement holding cell where for two days I did not say a word. On the third day, the handcuffs were removed, and I was escorted back up to a room on the first floor. There I was given a fresh set of clothes and told to shower. I did so and was escorted again into the Oval Office. Bush Sr. asked me how long it would take for me to train another remote viewer to take my place. I pointed out that over the decades I had trained hundreds of good viewers, especially for the Office of Naval Intelligence and that they could easily replace me with one of those men. Bush Jr. asked me if any of them could affect radiation levels as well as I could, and I replied, “If you want to know, test them.” That is how it got left. I was to continue finding ways to make Mt. Weather survivable until I was replaced by one of my students… Then about six months after they started looking for a replacement for me, I was called to the White House and told to finish training a particular ONI student of mine up to my level of competency in radiation abatement…
The ONI officer had slowed the rate of radioactive emissions… to one twenty-eighth of what was expected. In front of Bush Jr., I asked the naval officer to repeat the experiment while knowing that the US elite planned to use his skill to bail them out after killing off the rest of the humans on the planet. The naval officer fainted dead away. After he recovered from the shock, the test was repeated back at ONI HQ’s. The atomic clock advanced 26 hours in 24 hours under these conditions, which means that the radioactive emission of the Cesium was higher and thus more toxic. The ONI then tested another 3 of their best psycho-kinesis officers with this unethical scenario with clock results that varied from 18 hours to 32 hours in day’s test. They even insisted on re-testing me at this task with the result that the clock ran 24-hours in a 24-hour period and I was accused of not trying… The US administration refused to believe that I could not do what they wanted. They have no understanding of spiritual law and how [radiation abatement] effects are achieved…13 Arrigo’s ability to determine the ethical balance enables her accuracy in considering all of the possible outcomes, not only the desired set of outcomes. In her explications, Arrigo confirms that the universal laws of physics cannot be altered carelessly, but only through focused, compassionate intent: Since I was involved in much of that research as a gifted psychokinetic expert and trainer, I feel that it is my responsibility to make sure that radiation abatement is used to help the planet, not as a rescue strategy after a first strike. It is completely immoral and unconscionable to launch nuclear weapons to kill everyone above ground and then reverse the radiation and come out of one’s shelter to have all of the oil just for oneself and one’s progeny. I cannot remain silent given what I know about the US plans, even though they tortured me again last week in Nyon, Switzerland in a makeshift torture chamber in a basement to try to silence me.14 Dr. Arrigo’s insider accounts show the global nuclear threat to have grown from the ignorance and greed of petty old men who fear their own eminent demise and perhaps the impending suffering of their next incarnation, brought upon themselves by orchestrating mass murder for the better part of their adult lives. These are the products of generational cycles of ritualized child torture and entrapment that now govern the US. Indeed, it is a simple problem of psychopathic liars believing their own lies.
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
The outcome could have been much different – and many lives saved – if Big Pharma hadn’t been so successful at suppressing this generic pharmaceutical that was found to work against COVID-19.
In his book, “The War on Ivermectin: The Medicine That Saved Millions and Could Have Ended the COVID Pandemic,” Dr. Pierre Kory details the history of ivermectin and the how and why behind Big Pharma’s suppression of this drug when it was found to work against COVID-19
After spending his career as an internist and critical care physician, Kory has now turned his attention to long-haul COVID and post-jab injury syndromes
Daily ivermectin use is a mainstay of the treatment plans for long-haulers and those with COVID jab injuries, as the drug very effectively binds to the toxic spike protein that is causing most of the damage in both of these conditions
Methylene blue can be helpful for those struggling with crippling fatigue, as it boosts mitochondrial respiration and improves energy metabolism. It’s actually the parent molecule for hydroxychloroquine and chloroquine, off-patent drugs used to treat COVID-19 along with zinc
“The War on Ivermectin” reveals the disinformation playbook used by Big Pharma and its many allies to suppress highly useful and inexpensive medicines in order to protect and increase corporate profits
Like Dr. Paul Marik and Dr. Peter McCullough, Kory has been threatened by the American Board of Internal Medicine, which is seeking to yank his medical license. While a family doctor in private practice can operate without board certification, most medical centers will not hire a doctor who isn’t board certified in his specialty, and insurance companies won’t put you on their panel.
Kory’s Response to the American Board of Internal Medicine
Kory, however, is not overly concerned about this threat — which is really little more than an intimidation tactic to shut him up — as he has no intention of ever going back to a hospital setting.
“I’m done,” he says. “There’s no way I could walk into a hospital. I’ve just learned too much. I’ve learned too much about pharmaceutical control of almost all of the medical evidence. There’s no way I can fit. Now I’m a square peg in a round hole.
So, to be honest, I don’t think [losing my board certification] would have an impact. I am now in private practice. I have a bustling telehealth practice and I’m very happy. I’m outside the system, I can do and say and care for the patients in a manner that I best see fit.
Anyway, our reply [to the American Board of Internal Medicine] was different than Peter’s. He presented all the evidence to support all the statements they accused him of as being misinformation; very data driven, evidence-based.
What we did is, our lawyer looked at their policy on misinformation and the process of ‘convicting’ someone of misinformation, and it required that they provide us the evidence showing that we are wrong and misinformed.
But the letter to us was bizarre. It was this hodgepodge of statements that I’d made or written on my Substack, and it was just implied that that’s misinformation …
So, we wrote back very simply, ‘Excuse us, but your letter does not follow your own misinformation policy. We ask that you kindly reissue the letter with the evidence showing that we’re wrong.’ And we’ve gotten radio silence ever since.”
Kory’s New Specialty
After spending his career as an internist and critical care physician, Kory has now turned his attention to long-haul COVID and post-jab injury syndromes — complex chronic illnesses. To that end, he’s collaborating with doctors who’ve spent decades treating other tricky conditions, such as chronic Lyme disease, fibromyalgia and chronic fatigue syndrome.
“So, not only do I have a new career and practice, but also a new intellectual focus and it’s much more satisfying. I’m literally returning people to levels of function that they weren’t at before.
These were oftentimes healthy people with full careers, children, they exercised, ate right and now they’re fully disabled with numerous organ system complaints.
And I’ll tell you, getting them from 20% [function] to 40% [function] is a big deal, when they can actually do just a little bit more than they were doing before, and when you get them to 80%, it’s transformative.
But it’s way more challenging. And I tell my patients, ‘Listen, I have to be humble here. I’m trying to figure this out. I’m collaborating, I’m reading, I’m learning from you.’ I’m learning from each patient, because we’re doing a lot of empiric therapies.
We’re trying things, and so I learn. Each patient serves as their own control and I’m finding different things work on different patients. But the real challenge that I’m finding is that I don’t have any biomarkers or tests that I find helpful to direct therapies.
A lot of the tests are normal, even inflammatory markers. Clotting markers are normal, and yet I know that they have inflammatory processes and they’re thrombogenic. So, I wish there was more research and guidance.”
Treating Long-Haul COVID
One of the primary complaints of those struggling with what we’re now calling “long-haul COVID” is fatigue, a lack of energy to do even the most basic things. Since mitochondria are responsible for 90% of the energy production in your body, it stands to reason that impaired energy production in the mitochondria, or more simply, mitochondrial dysfunction, is at play.
The challenge is how to recover that function. One fascinating drug that can help in this regard is methylene blue, which helps mitochondrial respiration and improves brain energy metabolism. Methylene blue is actually the parent molecule for hydroxychloroquine and chloroquine, off-patent drugs commonly used to treat not only malaria but also COVID-19.
Best known as a fish tank antiseptic and textile dye for blue jeans, it was actually the first synthetic drug in modern history, developed in 1876. Since then, we’ve discovered it has many really important medicinal benefits. Importantly, it’s the only known antidote for metabolic poisons, i.e., any poison that interferes with oxygen transport or displaces oxygen, either from the blood or from the mitochondria.
Basically, as an electron cycler, methylene blue acts like a battery, but unlike other compounds that do the same thing, it doesn’t cause damaging oxidation in the process. You can review my interview with Dr. Francisco Gonzalez Lima here for more information.
If anything interferes with oxygenation or cellular respiration, such as cyanide, methylene blue is able to bypass that point of interference through electron cycling, thus allowing mitochondrial respiration, oxygen consumption and energy production to function as it normally would. And, the effect is typically felt within hours, as it increases, by about 30%, the ability of the mitochondria to produce ATP in the electron transport chain. Kory has also found it useful.
“My really sick patients use methylene blue,” he says. “Some of the really sick ones that aren’t responding to medicine, I send to a clinic where they do apheresis, ozone, methylene blue, infrared. One of them actually was discharged on oral methylene blue. And so, I want to figure out how to implement oral methylene blue.”
Trial and Error
Methylene blue is far from a cure-all, however. Any number of processes could be impacting your mitochondria, and they all need to be addressed. Adding to the complexity is that remedies that work really well in one long-hauler or COVID jab-injured patient often will not work for another, even though they present with very similar symptoms.
“We’ve [found] about six or seven different pathophysiologic mechanisms, and one of them is mitochondrial dysfunction, but I don’t know which is the predominant one in each patient,” Kory says. “I have no way of figuring that out. The only way I figure it out is by responses to therapy.
For instance, I had one young woman recently. I tried a number of therapies and what resurrected her, finally, was when I started to treat mast cell activation. I put her on antihistamine, famotidine [a heartburn medication], ketotifen [an asthma medication], and Boom.”
The Case for Sun Exposure
Daily sun exposure for about an hour around solar noon can also be important, as the near-infrared wavelengths will trigger melatonin production in your mitochondria, where you need it the most.
Melatonin is a potent antioxidant, so getting plenty of sunshine on bare skin is a simple way to reduce reactive oxygen species (ROS) that cause damage, and secondarily increase the efficiency of ATP production. Kory has been recommending this as well.
COVID Really Revealed the Level of Corruption in Science
During our conversation, the issue of medical journals came up, and their role in the corruption of science. Kory notes:
“That’s the other transformation that Paul [Marik] and I have undergone. We really looked to those journals thinking they were the most sophisticated and that was the top levels of science. But seeing what was published in those journals throughout COVID uncovered the absolute control by the pharmaceutical industry.
I mean, what appears in those journals is what they allow to appear in those journals. Period. I know of many positive studies of repurposed drugs rejected. We’ve seen them pull the following — JAMA and The New England Journal both — where instead of rejecting [the paper] they hold onto it as if they’re considering it, and then the rejection comes months later.
I’ve never heard of that in my career. Usually, when I’ve tried to submit manuscripts, they either say, ‘This is interesting. We’re sending it out for peer review,’ or they say, ‘This is not of sufficient interest to our readership at this time.’
They rejected positive trials of ivermectin. And then, probably the greatest and most saddening corruption that they pulled, is that they published the Together trial on ivermectin, which is so brazenly fraudulent and corrupt.
There are so many documented actions those investigators took in order to ensure they did not have a statistically significant benefit for ivermectin. Yet the New England Journal of Medicine published it. When you look at the design and the conduct of the trial, it should never be published. It was brazenly corrupt.
The investigators were all working for either their own companies or other companies whose sole job was to do research contracts for pharmaceutical companies. I mean, what would happen in their careers had they published a positive trial on ivermectin? That’s it. Bye. No more contracts.”
The War on Ivermectin
According to Kory, the idea for “The War on Ivermectin” was birthed after reading an article titled “The Disinformation Playbook,”1 published by the Union for Concerned Scientists. He explains:
“What happened is that after my ivermectin testimony2 [December 8, 2020, before Sen. Ron Johnson], which went viral and brought a lot of attention to the FLCCC … our protocols were looked in to. Doctors started prescribing ivermectin.
And I thought — this is how naive I was — I literally thought that we were providing a major intervention that would alter the trajectory of the pandemic, without question. It would reduce cases, hospitalizations and deaths, and now you have an effective early outpatient treatment. And I thought that news would be welcomed.
I thought the FLCCC would come out as heroes. It was really Paul who identified the data signal first. He said, ‘Wow. You got to see what these studies are starting to show.’ I jumped in right behind him. I was the first author of that comprehensive review paper.
I worked a lot and I got deeply expert on ivermectin. But what happened in the next few months is that everything started going sideways, and I could not figure it out. I saw hit pieces. To you, this is not news. You’re probably like, ‘Yep. I’ve seen that before.’
The thing is, I didn’t know. I didn’t know that what I was really doing — bringing forth data supporting the efficacy of a generic drug — that is poking the bear. And when I say poking the bear, what is anathema to the pharmaceutical industry and their whole business model is they cannot have generic off-patent drugs become standard of care. It obliterates the market for their pricing new pills.
I didn’t know I was stepping into a war. In the history of pharma, I don’t think any single medicine threatened as many [drug] markets and campaigns. The only other medicine that did that was hydroxychloroquine, but they already killed hydroxychloroquine in 2020.
I was coming out now with ivermectin, and it threatened hundreds of billions of dollars in perpetuity for these insanely lethal vaccines, monoclonal antibodies, remdesivir, paxlovid, molnupiravir — all of the markets for their novel new pills to enter. I mean, I don’t think any medicine has ever threatened that much of a market.
So, we were getting attacked. I did an interview with the Associated Press and the article that came out, I mean, I almost had a heart attack [reading it]. I saw unending attacks on ivermectin and it was coming in different directions. I saw academia getting all hot and bothered.
‘It’s a fringe medicine. It’s unproven. The trials are small.’ I saw all these narratives and I didn’t know they were narratives at the time. I thought people were being stupid … Now, I see everything. I see everything they do now, even before they do it, because they’re really predictable.”
The Disinformation Playbook
The turning point came when Kory received a two-line email from Dr. William B. Grant (who also co-wrote my review paper3 on vitamin D for COVID prevention). The email said, “Dr. Kory, what they’re doing to ivermectin is what they’ve done to vitamin D for decades.” Attached was a link to The Disinformation Playbook article.4
“It’s a short article. It’s very well-designed. They have little diagrams and then they have examples of disinformation campaigns. They describe the five plays, which they name after American football plays. And these are the tactics that pharma used. I read the article and I was like, ‘Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes.’
Suddenly, the world made sense — and not in a good way. It was very ugly, because I was like, ‘That’s what’s going on. There’s a massive disinformation campaign directed at ivermectin.’ From that moment on, everything that happened, every day, it was almost like I got tied to a front row seat for a horror movie. I’ve had to watch a horror movie unfold ever since.
Millions dying, hospitals overflowing. And there’s a drug that could prevent that. It could avert catastrophe. It would’ve definitely either put the brakes on or stopped the vaccine campaign obsession, which is in my mind, is one of history’s greatest humanitarian catastrophes.
It’s a holocaust out there with these vaccines. That’s easily proven from immense sources of data now, from life insurance data, disability data, excess mortality data. Now we’re even seeing birth rates dropping.
So, the theme of the book is centered around that. It’s my experiences and knowledge of what they do … It’s almost like a teacher’s manual, because I saw everything they pulled, how they did it and how successful they were — the fire plays, the blitz, harass the scientists that come out with inconvenient science, the diversion, inject doubt where there is none.”
Indeed, these disinformation tactics have a long history. They’re not new. It’s just that people in general have not been aware of these tactics, so they worked like a charm and could be used over and over again.
Disinformation Is an Old PR Tool Used by Toxic Industries
In the 1950s, the tobacco industry hired a PR agency called Hills and Knowlton, which established all the strategies Kory just listed and discuss at depth in his book. The tobacco industry used it so effectively, they were able to quash cancer concerns for another 50 years.
Their disinformation campaign didn’t end until attorneys general across the country finally decided to collaborate and bring massive lawsuits against the tobacco industry, winning not only settlements but also — and more importantly — limiting their ability to practice disinformation through media and advertising.
The telecommunications industry has used the same tactics since the ’90s. They actually hired the same PR firm to protect their business and hoodwink customers, and they’re still going strong. Unlike tobacco, which was finally understood to cause cancer, electromagnetic field (EMF) exposure from cell phones and Wi-Fi is still not recognized as a biological danger, despite massive amounts of evidence.
The drug industry, though, has perhaps used the disinformation playbook the longest, and it’s high time to break their magic spell. The way we do that is by educating ourselves and others about how they use disinformation to manipulate you. Once you know their playbook, it’s like being equipped with X-ray vision.
“I think ‘The War on Ivermectin’ is almost as important as Bobby Kennedy’s book, ‘The Real Anthony Fauci,’ where he, in a highly-referenced fashion, documents the control of medicine and the medical sciences and how it’s literally controlled by pharma and how depraved that control is,” Kory says.
“They do not care. The pharmaceutical industry is a documented criminal industry. They’ve released many, many products that have caused untold deaths and what do they do? They try to suppress that evidence for as long as possible. They get caught. They pay a fine. They do it again.”
Academic Freedom Is an Illusion
Kory also became wise to the fact that these kinds of medical disinformation campaigns have been routine for decades. Ivermectin was just the last in a long line of repurposed drugs that were being suppressed, lest it threaten Big Pharma profits. Cancer drugs, heart medications and psychiatric remedies have all been buried in the same way. He continues:
“So, I started to learn about how pharma practices disinformation, and I think the most terrible disinformation campaigns, which caused more deaths than any other, were the ones on hydroxychloroquine and ivermectin …
So, the book is about all of the tactics that I witnessed. It’s also about my personal journey. I’ve been through a lot. I’ve lost three jobs. One I left voluntarily. One was mutual. The third was a firing. Also, my proudest contribution to COVID [was writing what] I thought was the best paper of my life. It was a paper that argued that the pulmonary phase of COVID is actually an organizing pneumonia, or what they used to call BOOP.
I wrote a paper with one of the top chest radiologists in the world. I consulted pathologists. I looked at autopsy data, even just the CAT scans were in a pattern of organized pneumonia, which is a terrible descriptor for the disease, because it suggests that it’s an infection and it’s not.
Organizing pneumonia is an inflammatory response to a lung injury. The gold standard of care is corticosteroids. That’s the only thing that’s been shown to really reverse organized pneumonia.
I gave testimony in the Senate in May 2020, telling the world that it was critical to use corticosteroids in the hospital phase of disease. I got attacked by the University of Wisconsin. By the way, you know another thing that I learned? Academic freedom isn’t real. As soon as you’re a professor with an opinion that goes against orthodoxy or the system, oh, you’re going to feel the pressure …
I was vindicated on corticosteroids. It’s now the standard of care around the world. However, the standard of care dose is 6 milligrams of dexamethasone, which is too low, [and] methylprednisone is far superior in its effects on the lung.
It’s well-known that in fulminant cases, like whited out lungs on a ventilator, you need … 1,000 milligrams of methylprednisone for three days in a row. Six milligrams of Dex is equivalent to about 32 milligrams of methylprednisone.”
COVID Hospitalizations Eradicated With Ivermectin
While there are many individual success stories out there, one that Kory believes best illustrates the power of ivermectin against COVID is that of Itajai, Brazil, a city of 220,000 people. In June 2020, they implemented a prophylaxis program using ivermectin. The program was advertised throughout local media, and people were encouraged to participate and take ivermectin four times a month, on days 1, 2, 15 and 16.
On the appropriate days, they set up tents and centers where people could get the drug, and the entire program was carefully logged in an electronic database. In all, 159,000 Brazilians participated, of those 113,000 elected to take the ivermectin. Kory and eight coauthors published a paper5 on the results in March 2022.
“The 113,000 [who took the ivermectin] were older, sicker, fatter. Way more cardiovascular disease and diabetes. And, obviously, they were probably more worried about the impacts on their health.
So, when you look at that comparison, I mean, there are massive negative confounders. But despite those confounders, even when you didn’t propensity match, there were insanely positive benefits in the ivermectin group.
They died much less, I think it was 70% lower risk of dying, 68% lower risk of hospitalization and 50% lower risk of getting COVID. And that was in the sickest of the sick in that city. Then, when we did propensity matching, matching them for age and other things, it was even greater.
There’s a follow up study which is astounding, where … they were able through pharmacy records to split the ivermectin group into two. Regular ivermectin users, those who took all their pills, and irregular, those who missed doses.
And when you look at the regular users, the ones who were most adherent to the protocol, no one went to the hospital. There was a 100% reduction in hospitalization and a 90% lower risk of dying. It’s astounding … I’ve never seen a more proven therapy in any disease model, which they successfully got everyone to believe is a horse dewormer used by unvaccinated conspiracy theorists.”
Dosage Recommendations
Ivermectin recommendations have changed over time, as newer variants have acted differently, requiring updated approaches. At present, Kory still recommends ivermectin for prevention, if you really feel you need it. Current COVID variants are very mild, however, and rarely cause severe problems (unless you got the COVID jab).
For those struggling with long-haul COVID, ivermectin is a mainstay. “It’s the most frequently effective therapy,” Kory says. “I do have in my practice a minority who are ivermectin non-responders, but the majority respond in either small or large ways.” Importantly, ivermectin is the most effective drug available for binding to the spike protein.
So, if there’s circulating spike protein in your body, be it from natural infection or the jab, ivermectin will help bind to it, thereby preventing much of the spike’s negative impacts.
Ivermectin also repolarizes macrophages from the M1 to the M2 subtype. M1 is hyperinflammatory and M2 is hypo-inflammatory. So, it reduces inflammation. In addition to that, ivermectin has at least 18 other mechanisms of action and downstream effects that can be helpful.
For long-haulers and the COVID jab injured, Kory typically starts patients out at 0.3 mg per kilo of bodyweight once a day. For most, that dose works well. It’s still unclear how long people need to stay on this daily dose. Oftentimes, when they try to cut back, symptoms return, which suggests they still have spike protein in their bodies. Fortunately, the safety profile of ivermectin, even for long-term use, is very good.
Save the Date: Medical Conference in Orlando, October 2022
Hopefully, more doctors will get involved in the treatment of spike protein injuries. October 15 and 16, 2022, the Front Line COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance (FLCCC) will be holding a medical conference in Orlando, Florida, titled “Understanding and Treating Spike Protein Induced Diseases.” You can register for the conference on the FLCCC’s website.
“We have a lineup of speakers, deeply studied in treatment of complex chronic illnesses from different specialties. There are a lot of ways to approach this disease, so it’s really important. It really is directed at the treating providers. Because one of the many abject failures is they literally don’t recognize vaccine injury.
There’s no clinic for the vaccine injured. They’re abandoned, and I’m just going to be crude here — they’re pissing off the doctors because all of these patients are showing up that doctors have no idea what’s wrong with.
They have no knowledge of the mechanisms. They have no knowledge of what some effective therapies can be. So, they’re not treating these patients. They’re abandoned and gaslit.
Some doctors actually get angry when the patients relate their symptoms to the vaccine. They don’t want to hear it. They don’t want a vaccine injured in their practice. I have numbers of patients where the physician literally told them, ‘You don’t need to schedule a follow up.’
So, for those [doctors] who still have a shred of humanity, empathy and understanding that the spike protein is a toxin that causes immense amounts of disease, I hope they attend and/or watch the lectures that we’ll stream afterwards.
We’re coming at this very humble. I mean, there are very few trials on therapies in these two syndromes. So, it’s really about clinical knowledge, expertise and experiences from this disease and other diseases.
I am looking forward to it because I want to learn. I want to listen to those other speakers and hear about what they think and how they approach this. And I think it’s going to be a really tremendous conference. I think a lot of laypeople will show up too …
Laypeople who are much more deeply studied and knowledgeable on what’s really going on. They didn’t go to medical school, but they’re deeply studied and they read papers. They watch, read a lot of data sources.
So, I think it would be of interest to laypeople who want to learn how to either help themselves, or help their friends and colleagues, just like they did with COVID. You know how many laypeople passed around our protocols and tried to get their friends and relatives access to the medicines on our protocol? They saved lives. They saved lives by doing that.”
More Information
In the interview, Kory also reviews the clear and present danger the COVID jab poses to women, especially if they’re pregnant or want to get pregnant in the future. We also review the blatant fraud perpetrated by Pfizer to hide the massive number of miscarriages that occurred in its human trial.
In summary, the miscarriage rate is 87.5%, which is just astounding. No woman in her right mind would pull that trigger if she had that information. We also discuss the worldwide drops in birth rates (which began after the rollout of these experimental jabs), the complete absence of any supporting data for the authorization of COVID shots for children (which is yet another medical fraud perpetrated on the American people), and the lie that COVID is a pandemic of the unvaccinated (it’s actually the complete opposite).
Disclaimer: The entire contents of this website are based upon the opinions of Dr. Mercola, unless otherwise noted. Individual articles are based upon the opinions of the respective author, who retains copyright as marked.
The information on this website is not intended to replace a one-on-one relationship with a qualified health care professional and is not intended as medical advice. It is intended as a sharing of knowledge and information from the research and experience of Dr. Mercola and his community. Dr. Mercola encourages you to make your own health care decisions based upon your research and in partnership with a qualified health care professional. The subscription fee being requested is for access to the articles and information posted on this site, and is not being paid for any individual medical advice.
If you are pregnant, nursing, taking medication, or have a medical condition, consult your health care professional before using products based on this content.
These two doctors claim they’ve discovered a way to test for spike protein in human tissue, and they’ve found spike protein in individuals who were injured or died from the shots.
Abnormal blood clotting was one of the first mysterious health effects to emerge in the COVID pandemic, first, as an effect of the natural infection, and later, as a side effect of the COVID jabs. By mid-March 2021, 20 countries had suspended the use of AstraZeneca’s COVID shot, either in full or in part, following reports of deadly blood clots
In December 2021, a team of international scientists detailed the mechanism behind the AstraZeneca jab’s propensity to trigger blood clots. The shell of the vector — a weakened chimpanzee cold virus — in some people acts like a magnet and attracts platelets. Your body mistakes these platelets as a threat and produces antibodies to fight them, resulting in dangerous blood clots
Israeli researchers have also linked the Pfizer jab with a rare blood clotting disorder
A Swedish study found two doses of the COVID jab were 43% protective against Omicron infection at week 4. By week 14, protection had dropped to zero. Effectiveness against COVID-related hospitalization remained around 80% until week 25, but dropped to 40% by week 40. Using one statistical analysis method, COVID jabbed Swedes had a higher risk of death or hospitalization from COVID roughly a year after receiving their second dose
A recent case report links the COVID shots to lethal myocarditis (heart inflammation) and encephalitis (brain inflammation)
Advertisement
Abnormal blood clotting was one of the first mysterious health effects to emerge in the COVID pandemic, first, as an effect of the natural infection, and later, as a side effect of the COVID jabs.
By mid-March 2021, barely four months after the rollout of the COVID injections, 19 European countries plus Thailand1 had suspended the use of AstraZeneca’s injection, either in full or in part, following reports of deadly blood clots.23
Contrary to the Moderna and Pfizer shots, the AstraZeneca jab uses a viral vector — a genetically modified and supposedly noninfectious chimpanzee cold virus — to deliver double-stranded DNA for the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein into your cells.4
Earlier that month, The Defender had reported5 U.K. data showing the AstraZeneca jab was responsible for 77% more adverse events and 25% more deaths than the Pfizer shot. Around that same time, doctors at Oslo University Hospital also announced that the blood clotting disorders experienced by some recipients of the AstraZeneca shot were in fact caused by the injection.6 A March 18, 2021, article in Science Norway read, in part:7
“‘Our theory that this is a powerful immune response most likely triggered by the vaccine, has been confirmed,’ says professor and chief physician Pål Andre Holme … ‘In collaboration with experts in the field from the University Hospital of North Norway HF, we have found specific antibodies against blood platelets that can cause these reactions … the chief physician explains …
When asked to clarify why he says ‘most likely’ in the quote, Holme confidently responds that the reason for these rare cases of blood clots has been found.
‘We have the reason. Nothing but the vaccine can explain why these individuals had this immune response,’ he states. [Norwegian national newspaper] VG also asks how Holme can know that the immune response is not caused by something other than the vaccine.
‘There is nothing in the patient history of these individuals that can give such a powerful immune response. I am confident that the antibodies that we have found are the cause, and I see no other explanation than it being the vaccine which triggers it,’ he responds.”
Study Details Mechanism of Action
In early December 2021, a team of international scientists published a paper8 detailing the mechanism behind the AstraZeneca jab’s propensity to trigger blood clots. As reported by the Daily Mail at the time:9
“A team of international experts, involving researchers from AstraZeneca, say that in a very small number of cases — about one in 100,000 in the UK — the vaccine can set off a chain reaction which leads to the body confusing its own blood platelets for fragments of virus …
They found that the shell of the vector vaccine — the weakened cold virus used to teach cells how to neutralize COVID — sometimes acts like a magnet and attracts platelets, a protein found in the blood.
For reasons the scientists are still probing, the body then mistakes these platelets as a threat and produces antibodies to fight them. The combination of the platelets and the antibodies clumping together leads to the formation of dangerous blood clots …
Essentially, after being delivered into the body adenovirus binds with a specific protein in the blood, known as platelet factor 4 (PF4), which is normally used by the body to promote coagulation in case of injury.
Using incredibly detailed images of the adenovirus in the vaccine the scientists demonstrated the adenovirus in the Oxford-AstraZeneca is negatively charged, and could attract positively charged proteins like a magnet.
The researchers believe that in a case of ‘mistaken identity’ the body’s immune system considers this platelet cluster as threat and releases antibodies to attack it, clumping together to it and triggering potentially life threatening blood clots. This condition is called vaccine-induced immune thrombotic thrombocytopenia (VITT).”
The following graphic was published in the Daily Mail to illustrate the potentially deadly chain reaction.
How Long Does Risk Remain?
As for how long the risk of blood clotting remains is unknown. In mid-September 2022, the American Heart Association reported that the risk of abnormal blood clotting remains elevated nearly a year after natural infection:10
“People who got COVID-19 had a higher risk of dangerous blood clots for close to a year later, according to a large new study11 on the aftereffects of a SARS-CoV-2 infection …
COVID-19 was linked to a sharply increased risk of blood clot-related issues — including heart attack and stroke — immediately after diagnosis compared to people who never had COVID-19 [and] … that risk remained higher for some problems up to 49 weeks later …
Researchers found that the first week after a COVID-19 diagnosis, the risk of an arterial blood clot — the kind that could cause a heart attack or ischemic stroke by blocking blood flow to the heart or brain — was nearly 22 times higher than in someone without COVID-19. That risk dropped sharply, to less than four times higher, in the second week.
‘Between 27 and 49 weeks, there is an approximately 30% increased risk for arterial clots,’ [senior author, professor of medical statistics and epidemiology at the University of Bristol, Jonathan] Sterne said. ‘But the elevation is greater for longer’ for clots in veins, which include deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism, when a clot travels to the lungs.
In the first week after a COVID-19 diagnosis, the risk of such venous problems was 33 times higher. By the third and fourth weeks after diagnosis, the risk was still about eight times higher. And between 27 and 49 weeks later, the risk was still 1.8 times higher than in somebody who had never had COVID-19.”
If the risk of blood clotting remains high for nearly a year after natural infection, it seems reasonable to suspect the risk is dramatically elevated far longer in those who got one or more COVID shots, as their bodies are now producing the toxic spike protein internally, and there’s no known off-switch.
We still do not know how long the human body continues to produce spike protein after a COVID jab. And, while AstraZeneca was singled out as the main culprit of blood clots, Pfizer’s and Moderna’s mRNA jabs are no safer in this regard.
Pfizer’s COVID Jab Linked to Blood Clotting Disorder
As early as June 2021, Israeli research suggested there was a link between the Pfizer shot and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP), which is very similar to vaccine-induced immune thrombotic thrombocytopenia or VITT. A list of distinguishing features between the syndromes can be found on UpToDate.com.12 As reported by The Defender:13
“Scientists with the Institute of Hematology at Shamir Medical Center said they began researching the possible link after reports of a sudden increase in TTP across Israel — four cases detected in one month compared to two or three cases per year. TTP is an autoimmune disorder that causes blood clots to form in small blood vessels throughout the body …
The medical team said they found a ‘chronological connection’ between vaccination and the onset of TTP symptoms. They stressed this occurred in both new patients and in patients with pre-existing TTP whose disease had been in remission but flared up soon after getting the vaccine …
As The Defender reported in April, U.S. regulatory officials were alerted as far back as December 2020 that the Pfizer and Moderna vaccines — like AstraZeneca and J&J COVID vaccine — could pose similar risks of blood clots.”
Even before the rollout of the shots, experts warned that blood clots and cardiovascular problems were predictable. Among them were Dr. Patrick Whelan, a pediatric specialist, who in a letter14 to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration warned that the shots could “cause microvascular injury and blood clots throughout the body including the brain, heart, liver and kidneys, in ways that were not assessed in the safety trials.”
He pointed out that studies looking at the natural infection had found that “viral proteins appear to cause tissue damage without actively replicating virus,” and if that was true, he suspected the spike protein produced in response to the jabs might also cause the same kind of damage. Today, ample evidence points to Whelan’s suspicions being correct.
Jabs May Raise Risk of COVID Death Over Time
Studies are now also coming out with evidence that the shots may be causing antibody dependent enhancement (ADE), and that they kill heart and brain cells. Starting with the ADE evidence, a Swedish study,15 using data from the entire Swedish population over the age of 12, a total of 9,153,456 people, found that two doses were 43% protective against Omicron infection at week 4. By week 14, protection had dropped to zero.
Effectiveness against COVID-related hospitalization remained around 80% until week 25, but dropped to 40% by week 40. While these data are highlighted in the abstract, a more intriguing finding remains buried in the text that few take the time to read. As reported by investigative journalist Alex Berenson:16
“Based on one statistical analysis [cubic spline method] vaccinated people had a HIGHER risk of death or hospitalization from COVID roughly a year after receiving their second dose. The charts — b and d below — show that vaccine protection against death and hospitalization begins to decline slowly after about five months and then plunges about nine months …
This data provides real-world evidence of possible vaccine-caused ‘antibody dependent enhancement.’ In ADE, vaccines cause our immune systems to produce antibodies that help a virus or other pathogen to attack us …
(The top chart shows the relative risk of infection, hospitalization, intensive care, and death by week after two vaccine doses. The red line marks zero effectiveness; when the blue line falls below it, it is suggesting vaccinated people are at higher risk of infection.)”
When they used another statistical method called standard polynomial regression, the shots remained moderately effective against hospitalization and death over time, falling to 45% protection against death around nine months, after which the effectiveness mysteriously started trending upward again.
According to Berenson, the lead author of the paper did not endorse either method as superior to the other. When asked for comment, Dr. Yiyi Xu told Berenson they “need more data to know which finding might be correct,” and that, at present, “the estimation is quite uncertain for both analyses.”
COVID Shots Kill Brain and Heart Cells
Another recent paper17 links the COVID shots to lethal myocarditis (heart inflammation) and encephalitis (brain inflammation). As reported by Steve Kirsch:18
“The paper is entitled: ‘A Case Report: Multifocal Necrotizing Encephalitis and Myocarditis after BNT162b2 mRNA Vaccination against COVID-19.’ It was published yesterday, Oct 1, and … already has over 100,000 views of the abstract and over 6,000 views of the full text.”
The report details the case of a 76-year-old man with Parkinson’s disease (PD) who died three weeks after receiving his third COVID shot. His first injection was the AstraZeneca jab, received in May 2021, which was followed by two doses of Pfizer in July and December 2021 respectively.
Autopsy confirmed his Parkinson’s diagnosis, but it also revealed several unexpected conditions contributing to his death, including:
Aspiration pneumonia
Systemic arteriosclerosis
Acute vasculitis (vascular inflammation) in both the brain and the heart
Multifocal necrotizing encephalitis (meaning tissue death all over the brain)
Chronic cardiomyopathy (heart disease), and
Mild acute lympho-histiocytic myocarditis (a rare form of myocarditis that occurs wen lymphocytes, white blood cells, enter and inflame the heart muscle)
Testing for SARS-CoV-2 antigens (spike and nucleocapsid proteins) revealed the inflammation was in response to spike protein only, particularly in the endothelial cells of small blood vessels. As noted by the authors:19
“Since no nucleocapsid protein could be detected, the presence of spike protein must be ascribed to vaccination rather than to viral infection. The findings corroborate previous reports of encephalitis and myocarditis caused by gene-based COVID-19 vaccines.”
Irrefutable Evidence the COVID Shots Can Kill
Kirsch goes on to cite other evidence showing the COVID shots can kill, including a report20 titled “On COVID Vaccines: Why They Cannot Work, and Irrefutable Evidence of Their Causative Role in the Deaths After Vaccination,” written by Drs. Sucharit Bhakdi and Arne Burkhardt.
“Of the 15 bodies their team examined — all of whom had died seven days to six months’ post-jab — 14 (93%) were found to have been killed by the COVID shot.
Bhakdi and Burkhardt claim to have developed a way to test for spike protein in human tissue, and say they’ve found spike protein in the tissues of people who have been injured and/or killed by the jabs.
Of the 15 bodies their team examined for this report — all of whom had died seven days to six months post-jab — 14 (93%) were found to have been killed by the COVID shot.21 The video above reviews their findings. All 14 had clear evidence of the body attacking itself, including the heart, with fatal consequences.
Resources for Those Injured by the COVID Jabs
If you got one or more jabs and suffered an injury, first and foremost, never ever take another COVID booster, another mRNA gene therapy shot or regular vaccine. You need to end the assault on your system. The same goes for anyone who has taken one or more COVID jabs and has had the good fortune of not experiencing debilitating side effects.
Your health may still be impacted long-term, so don’t take any more shots. When it comes to treatment, there are still more questions than answers, but many of the treatments that worked against severe COVID-19 infection also seem to ameliorate adverse effects from the jab. This makes sense, as the toxic, most damaging part of the virus is the spike protein, and that’s what your whole body is producing if you got the jab.
Both agree that eliminating the spike protein your body is now continuously producing is a primary task. Perro’s preferred remedy for this is hydroxychloroquine, while Kory typically uses ivermectin. Both of these drugs bind and thereby facilitate the removal of spike protein.
As a founding member of the Front Line COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance (FLCCC), Kory helped develop the FLCCC’s post-vaccine treatment protocol called I-RECOVER. Since the protocol is continuously updated as more data become available, your best bet is to download the latest version straight from the FLCCC website at covid19criticalcare.com22 (hyperlink to the correct page provided above).
Other Helpful Treatments and Remedies
In previous articles, I’ve also covered a number of treatments and remedies that can be helpful for COVID jab injuries, such as:
Time-restricted eating — Kory believes there may be ways to boost the immune system to allow it to degrade and eventually remove the spike from your cells naturally, over time. One of the strategies he recommends for this is TRE (time restricted eating), which stimulates autophagy, a natural cleaning process that eliminates damaged, misfolded and toxic proteins. Another strategy that can do the same thing would be sauna therapy.Most people eat more than 12 hours a day, which is a recipe for metabolic disaster. The ideal window for most everyone is 16 to 18 hours of continuous fasting with the least meal at least three hours before bed. If you are overweight, shoot for 18 hours of fasting each day; if you’re of normal weight, 16 hours.
Lower your omega-6 intake — Linoleic acid is consumed in amounts 10 times above the ideal in well over 95% of the population, and contributes to massive oxidative stress that impairs your immune response. Seed oils and processed foods need to be diligently avoided. You can review this previous post for more information.
Pharmaceutical grade methylene blue, which improves mitochondrial respiration and aid in mitochondrial repair. At 15 to 80 milligrams a day for those suffering from long-haul COVID could go a long way toward resolving some of the fatigue many suffer post-jab. Methylene blue is actually the parent molecule for hydroxychloroquine and has been used to treat malaria since 1890.It may also be helpful in acute strokes. The primary contraindication is if you have a G6PD deficiency (a hereditary genetic condition), in which case you should not use methylene blue at all. To learn more, see “The Surprising Health Benefits of Methylene Blue.”
Near-infrared light, as it triggers production of melatonin in your mitochondria23 where you need it most. By mopping up reactive oxygen species, it too helps improve mitochondrial function and repair. Natural sunlight is 54.3% infrared radiation,24 so this treatment is available for free. For more information, see “What You Need to Know About Melatonin.”
Disclaimer: The entire contents of this website are based upon the opinions of Dr. Mercola, unless otherwise noted. Individual articles are based upon the opinions of the respective author, who retains copyright as marked.
The information on this website is not intended to replace a one-on-one relationship with a qualified health care professional and is not intended as medical advice. It is intended as a sharing of knowledge and information from the research and experience of Dr. Mercola and his community. Dr. Mercola encourages you to make your own health care decisions based upon your research and in partnership with a qualified health care professional. The subscription fee being requested is for access to the articles and information posted on this site, and is not being paid for any individual medical advice.
If you are pregnant, nursing, taking medication, or have a medical condition, consult your health care professional before using products based on this content.
Ivermectin Worked: New Peer-Reviewed Study Proves It
A preprint paper showing ivermectin’s effectiveness against COVID-19 in Peru convinced a group of doctors that widespread ivermectin distribution could end the pandemic in October 2020
Because the paper wasn’t yet peer-reviewed, it was brushed off; ivermectin for COVID-19 was vilified, as were those who dared to prescribe it
Now, the study has been peer-reviewed and published in Cureus, vindicating ivermectin as a treatment for COVID-19
Not only did ivermectin work against COVID-19, it was remarkably effective, resulting in a 74% reduction in excess deaths in the 10 Peru states where it was used most intensively
There was a 14-fold reduction in nationwide excess deaths when ivermectin was readily available and then a 13-fold increase in excess deaths in the two months after ivermectin use was restricted
As the COVID pandemic wore on, with potential treatments supposedly unknown, New York pulmonologist Dr. Pierre Kory and others tried to get the word out about ivermectin. A widely used antiparasitic drug that’s listed on the World Health Organization’s essential medicines list1 and approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, ivermectin is widely available, inexpensive and has a long history of safe usage.
In fact, since 1987, 3.7 billion doses of ivermectin have been used among humans worldwide,2 but it was quickly vilified — as were those who dared to prescribe it. Now, the tables have turned. Not only did ivermectin work against COVID-19, it was remarkably effective, resulting in a 74% reduction in excess deaths in the 10 states where it was used most intensively.3
Ivermectin Dramatically Slashed COVID Deaths
Kory and other physicians with the Front Line COVID-19 Critical Care Working Group (FLCCC) had success early on treating patients with ivermectin and other therapies during the pandemic. His efforts to get the word out on this treatment protocol were stifled by censorship, ridicule and colleagues brainwashed by the official narrative and unwilling to accept the science.
A preprint paper showing ivermectin’s effectiveness against COVID-19 in Peru “was the final piece of evidence which convinced me, Paul [Marik] and the FLCCC that widespread ivermectin distribution could end the pandemic in Oct of 2020,” Kory tweeted.4 “Took 2 years but now peer-reviewed & published in a major journal.”
That study, published in Cureus,5 vindicates ivermectin as a treatment for COVID-19. “Reductions in excess deaths over a period of 30 days after peak deaths averaged 74% in the 10 states with the most intensive IVM [ivermectin] use,” the study found.6 It used Peruvian national health data from Peru’s 25 states to evaluate ivermectin’s effects.
A natural experiment was set in motion in May 2020, when Peru authorized ivermectin for COVID-19. The significant reduction in excess deaths noted “correlated closely with the extent of IVM use,” the researchers noted.
Global Success Stories Highlight Ivermectin’s Potential
Few have heard about the astonishing success of ivermectin in Uttar Pradesh, India, which embraced large-scale prophylactic and therapeutic use of ivermectin for COVID-19 patients, close contacts of patients and health care workers.7
“The possibility of both preventative and treatment efficacies of IVM was raised by outcomes in another world region in which IVM was distributed to the population at risk for COVID-19 on a mass scale. This IVM distribution occurred in Uttar Pradesh, the largest state in India, having a population of 229 million,” the study added.8
There, widespread ivermectin distribution likely resulted in significantly lower COVID-19 deaths compared to areas not using the drug:9
“The cumulative total of COVID-19 deaths per million in population from July 7, 2021 through April 1, 2023 was 4.3 in Uttar Pradesh, as compared with 70.4 in all of India and 1,596.3 in the United States … The much lower number of COVID-19 deaths per population in all of India versus the United States in that period may reflect the use of these same home treatment kits containing IVM, doxycycline, and zinc in some other states of India.”
A similar series of events occurred in Itajai, Brazil, a city of 220,000 people. In June 2020, they implemented a prophylaxis program using ivermectin. The program was advertised throughout local media, and people were encouraged to participate and take ivermectin four times a month, on days 1, 2, 15 and 16.
On the appropriate days, they set up tents and centers where people could get the drug, and the entire program was carefully logged in an electronic database. In all, 159,000 Brazilians participated, of those 113,000 elected to take the ivermectin.
Kory and eight coauthors published a paper on the results, which showed “regular use of ivermectin as a prophylactic agent was associated with significantly reduced COVID-19 infection, hospitalization, and mortality rates.”10
Those who used ivermectin had a 44% reduction in COVID-19 infection rate, a 68% reduction in COVID-19 mortality and a 56% reduction in hospitalization rate compared to those who did not.11
Meanwhile, a study from Japan demonstrated that just 12 days after doctors were allowed to legally prescribe ivermectin to their COVID-19 patients, cases dropped dramatically.12 The chairman of the Tokyo Medical Association13 noticed the low number of infections and deaths in Africa, where many use ivermectin prophylactically and as the core strategy to treat river blindness.14
In a striking revelation, ivermectin was used against COVID-19 in Peru for four months, before the new president put restrictions on its use. During that time, “there was a 14-fold reduction in nationwide excess deaths and then a 13-fold increase in the two months following the restriction of IVM use.”15
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration has towed the anti-ivermectin narrative all along, with its infamous tweet reading, “You are not a horse. You are not a cow. Seriously, y’all. Stop it.”16 While commanding the U.S. public and physicians not to use ivermectin for an off-label use, the irony stands that close to 40% of U.S. prescriptions are for off-label uses.17
But now, after years of vilification, it had no choice but to admit what’s been right all along — doctors have the authority to prescribe ivermectin for COVID-19. Attorney Jared Kelson of Boyden Gray & Associates, who is representing physicians who have sued the FDA for interfering with their practice of medicine, including relating to ivermectin for COVID-19, explained:18
“The fundamental issue is straightforward. After the FDA approves a human drug for sale, does it then have the authority to influence or interfere with how that drug is used within the doctor-patient relationship? The answer is no.”
The FDA did just that, nonetheless, but finally admitted the truth on August 16, 2023, tweeting, “Health care professionals generally may choose to prescribe an approved human drug for an unapproved use when they judge that the unapproved use is medically appropriate for an individual patient.”19
In September 2021, the American Medical Association also told doctors to stop prescribing ivermectin for COVID-19. In a statement, AMA, along with the American Pharmacists Association (APhA) and American Society of Health-System Pharmacists (ASHP), warned:20
“We are alarmed by reports that outpatient prescribing for and dispensing of ivermectin have increased 24-fold since before the pandemic and increased exponentially over the past few months. As such, we are calling for an immediate end to the prescribing, dispensing, and use of ivermectin for the prevention and treatment of COVID-19 outside of a clinical trial.
In addition, we are urging physicians, pharmacists, and other prescribers — trusted health care professionals in their communities — to warn patients against the use of ivermectin outside of FDA-approved indications and guidance, whether intended for use in humans or animals, as well as purchasing ivermectin from online stores.”
How many died unnecessarily as a result of these commands? As noted by journalist Kim Iversen, even the FDA’s move advising doctors that they’re allowed to prescribe ivermectin for COVID-19 is too little, too late. “Now, two, three years later, too little, too late… ultimately, we now get this study that has been officially peer reviewed and published, and it shows significant, significant, significant reduction [of mortality] in COVID-19.”21
How Does Ivermectin Work Against COVID?
Ivermectin binds to SARS-CoV-2’s spike protein, limiting the virus’ morbidity and infectivity.22 The drug, while best known for its antiparasitic effects, also has demonstrated antiviral and anti-inflammatory properties. An in vitro study demonstrated that a single treatment with ivermectin effectively reduced viral load 5,000 times in 48 hours in cell culture.23
Studies have shown that ivermectin helps to lower the viral load by inhibiting replication.24 A single dose of ivermectin can kill 99.8% of the virus within 48 hours.25 A meta-analysis in the American Journal of Therapeutics also showed the drug reduced infection by an average of 86% when used preventively.26
Ivermectin has also been shown to speed recovery, in part by inhibiting inflammation and protecting against organ damage.27 This pathway also lowers the risk of hospitalization and death. Meta analyses have shown an average reduction in mortality that ranges from 75%28 to 83%.29,30
Additionally, the drug also prevents transmission of SARS-CoV-2 when taken before or after exposure.31 As the Cureus study noted, the latest data only adds further evidence that ivermectin has an important place in COVID-19 treatment:32
“These encouraging results from IVM treatments in Peru and similar positive indications from Uttar Pradesh, India, which have populations of 33 million and 229 million, respectively, offer promising models for further mass deployments of IVM, as needs may arise, for both the treatment and prevention of COVID-19.”
It’s worth noting, too, that ivermectin has notable antitumor effects, which include inhibiting proliferation, metastasis and angiogenic activity in cancer cells.33 It appears to inhibit tumor cells by regulating multiple signaling pathways, which researchers explained in the Pharmacological Research journal, “suggests that ivermectin may be an anticancer drug with great potential.”34
The average treatment cost for ivermectin is $58.35 Do you think this has anything to do with ivermectin’s vilification? The authors of the Cureus study certainly do:36
“The exceptional safety profile and low cost of IVM certainly support its use as in Peru’s operation MOT [Mega-Operación Tayta] and in Uttar Pradesh as an attractive national policy for COVID-19 mitigation. These significant reductions in mortality as achieved in Peru and Uttar Pradesh suggest that the impact of such a national IVM deployment would be observable within a relatively short period.
However, generic drugs have often fared poorly in competition with patented offerings in past decades, based upon the unfortunate vulnerability of science to commodification and regulatory capture … Such a potential bias against IVM was suggested by a February 4, 2021 press release from Merck, which was then developing its own patented COVID-19 therapeutic, claiming that there was ‘a concerning lack of safety data’ for IVM.
However, IVM is Merck’s own drug, found safe at doses considerably higher than its standard dose in several studies, as cited in the section on the background on IVM treatments of COVID-19, and the Nobel Prize committee specifically noted IVM’s safety record in honoring the discovery of this drug in its 2015 prize for medicine.”
If you’d like to learn more about ivermectin’s potential uses for COVID-19, FLCCC’s I-CARE protocol can be downloaded in full,37 giving you step-by-step instructions on how to prevent and treat the early symptoms of COVID-19.
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
Guillermou4 hr ago·edited 4 hr agoThe science of making money is present with the genocide of genetic weapons against Covid-19 and they walk together to the Great Reset. We can say that it is more than evident that the globalist elite Big Pharma-Great Reset is currently committing human genocide, carrying out their eugenic depopulation agenda. Despite the blackout of big media censorship as complicit killers causing the deaths of hundreds of thousands of innocent, uninformed, lying victims of killer vaccines, in response, scores of leading physicians, expert scientists, and whistleblowers who love true science have exposed corruption at great risk to themselves have been screaming from the rooftops to sound the doomsday alarm.Dr. Vladimir Zelenko stated in an interview: “If we follow the advice of some of the ‘world leaders,’ as Bill Gates said last year, ‘7 billion people should get vaccinated,’ then the mortality rate will be more than of 2 billion people. So wake up! This is World War III.”https://www.globalresearch.ca/elite-depopulation-agenda-now-irrefutable/5758148Furthermore, a growing army of Big Pharma whistleblowers have also courageously shed light on this much-needed truth of what humanity perilously faces in the coming Dark Winter months, when millions of victims of democide around the world are likely to be shockingly laid to rest by fatal blood clots. , strokes, heart attacks, multiple organ failure, cancer, all directly related to and caused by Big’s genetic weapons Dr. Joseph Mercola, exposed the “medical reboot” within Klaus Schwab’s NWO reboot. Dr. Peter McCullough, a leading international cardiologist, internist, and epidemiologist, has caused quite a stir by claiming in late August 2021 that vaccinated people have a viral load 251 times higher than unvaccinated people. Dr. McCullough also promotes natural immunity and the benign drugs HCQ and Ivermectin instead of harmful vaccines, simply stating: We are in the midst of a major biological catastrophe.Even the inventor of mRNA and DNA vaccine technology, Dr. Robert Malone, MD criticizes Covid-19 mRNA vaccines as bioethically irresponsible and highly dangerous: We need to confront the data and not try to cover things up or hide risks. Canadian Dr. Charles Hoffe was horrified to learn that 62% of his patients, mostly First Nations, experienced permanent blood clot damage after receiving the vaccine. “Vaccines are experimental by definition. They will remain in Phase 3 trials through 2023. Recipients are human subjects entitled to free informed consent under Nuremberg and other protections, including Council of Europe Parliamentary Assembly resolution 2361 and FDA emergency use authorization terms. ”.More than 160 experts criticize COVID vaccines as “unnecessary, ineffective and unsafe” in a powerful letterhttps://www.globalresearch.ca/elite-depopulation-agenda-now-irrefutable/5758148https://www.globalresearch.ca/160-experts-slam-covid-vaccines-unnecessary-ineffective-unsafe-powerful-letter/5745907?utm_campaign=magnet&utm_source=article_page&utm_medium=related_articlesExpand full comment5ReplyGift a subscriptionCollapse
If the COVID shots are as bad as they appear, why isn’t your doctor warning you about all their potential side effects, and instead, is encouraging you to get more shots?
Doctors are afraid to speak out about COVID treatment and the dangers of the COVID shots because they can lose their ability to practice medicine if they challenge the mainstream narrative
Remdesivir is the only “standard of care” drug approved for the treatment of COVID, even though it was found to be ineffective against the infection and had life-threatening side effects, including kidney failure and liver damage
Hospitals have an enormous financial incentive to use this toxic treatment, which frequently kills the patient, as the U.S. government pays a 20% upcharge on the entire hospital bill when remdesivir is used. Hospitals are also paid for the use of ventilation and for COVID deaths. Every COVID patient has what amounts to a $400,000 to $500,000 bounty on their head
The persecution doctors have suffered under COVID is now about to be cemented into law in California. California Assembly Bill 2098 designates “dissemination or promotion of misinformation or disinformation related to … COVID-19 as unprofessional conduct” warranting disciplinary action that could result in the loss of their medical license. The bill was approved by the California Legislature September 26, 2022, and Gov. Gavin Newsom signed it October 1, 2022
By preventing doctors from sharing information and knowledge as they see fit with their patients, California bureaucrats are not only violating the U.S. Constitution and destroying the medical profession as we know it, they’re also pushing medical science back into the Dark Ages, as science can only move forward when there’s free exchange of ideas
Advertisement
If you’ve become disillusioned with the medical profession over the past three years, you’re not alone. Many have come to distrust doctors, largely thanks to widespread mistreatment of COVID in hospitals, and doctors’ failure to provide sufficient information about the COVID jabs to make informed consent. Doctors’ enforcing the use of masks, even though they ought to know they don’t work against respiratory viruses, hasn’t helped either.
In a recent interview with Steve Kirsch, Dr. Paul Marik, a pulmonary and critical care specialist and founding member of the Front Line COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance (FLCCC), discussed why doctors have been so reluctant to speak out against the clearly dangerous COVID shots. As noted by Kirsch:1
“My blue pilled friends who believe the vaccines are safe have told me they would reconsider their position if just a single one of their own doctors came out against the vaccine. One of them said even if a ‘TV doctor’ (such as Sanjay Gupta) said it was unsafe, they would reconsider their position.
I told them that doctors are afraid to speak out because they will lose their ability to practice medicine if they challenge the mainstream narrative.
My friends find that too hard to believe. They asked me incredulously, ‘Why would the medical community silence doctors who are trying to save lives?’ They didn’t believe my answer. So, I wanted to interview a doctor who is very highly respected and who is not an ‘anti-vaxxer’ to explain it to them.”
Doctors Who Share Their Concerns Are Punished
Like many other doctors, Marik took the COVID shots when they first came out, as was expected of him. It wasn’t until he started reviewing the data for himself, well after the fact, that he realized just how bad they are.
When asked whether he might have misjudged the data, Marik replies, “No, the evidence is very clear.” Yet despite crystal-clear data, when Marik started speaking out against the shots, the medical community retaliated. Marik also suffered retaliation when trying to treat patients with FDA-approved, off-patent, off-label drugs shown to be very effective against COVID.
The hospital pharmacy refused to fill his prescriptions and he was ordered to not prescribe them to anyone. In short, he was ordered to simply watch his patients die, even though he knew he could help them.
The only drug he was allowed to prescribe was remdesivir, which is known to be toxic and often lethal. Remdesivir was developed as an antiviral drug and tested during the Ebola breakout in 2014. The drug was found to have a very high death rate and was not pursued further.
In the early months of 2020, the drug was entered into COVID trials.2 Those trials were also beyond disappointing.345 Not only was the drug ineffective against the infection but it also had significant and life-threatening side effects, including kidney failure and liver damage.6
But despite its clear dangers and lack of effectiveness, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration still authorized remdesivir for emergency use against COVID in May 2020,7 and then gave it full approval in October 2020.8
How Hospitals Get Rid of ‘Troublesome’ Doctors
When Marik refused to follow the remdesivir protocol, he was subjected to “sham review,” an unofficial but well-known process in which a “troublesome” doctor is accused of wrongdoing and basically railroaded out of practice.
In the end, he was fired, even though he’s never had a single patient complaint in his 30-year career as a critical care specialist. But they didn’t stop there. The hospital administration also reported him to the National Practitioner Databank, and once you’ve been reported as a bad actor to the NPD, it’s virtually impossible to clear your name. Your career is over.
They also reported him to the Board of Medicine, which concocted another set of bogus charges against him. They accused him of prescribing ivermectin to fictional patients whom they falsely claimed were injured by the drug.
“The truth is I was never actually able to prescribe ivermectin,” Marik says. “The patients they claimed I treated were nonexistent patients, so that tells you how far the Virginia Board of Medicine will go … This is the problem if you try to speak out. The [hospital administration] went out of their way to destroy my career because I wanted to treat my patients.”
According to Marik, some of his colleagues who have gone against the narrative have even been physically threatened, and had the lives of their families threatened unless they stop talking. “So, this is serious,” Marik says. The fact of the matter is that doctors who argue against the Big Pharma narrative are a threat to trillion-dollar revenues. Compared to such sums, the value of a doctor’s life is nil.
Enormous Financial Incentives to Kill COVID Patients
Marik points out there were, and still are, enormous financial incentives for hospitals to not provide proper care to COVID patients. Those financial incentives also helped drive up the COVID death count early on in the pandemic. As explained by Marik, every COVID patient has what amounts to a $400,000 to $500,000 bounty on their head, as hospitals receive bonus payments for:910
Admission of a “COVID patient,” COVID testing and COVID diagnoses.
Use of remdesivir — According to Marik, the U.S. government pays hospitals a 20% upcharge on the entire hospital bill when remdesivir is used.111213
Use of mechanical ventilation, which Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services whistleblowers claim kill 84.9% of COVID patients within as few as 96 hours,14 typically due to barotrauma15 (trauma to the lungs from the elevated pressure).
COVID deaths — In August 2020, former director of the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Robert Redfield, agreed hospitals had a financial incentive to overcount COVID deaths.16
According to Marik, whether the patient lives or dies is irrelevant. In fact, if they die, there’s additional monies to be had. The hospitals basically see COVID patients as a cash cow, which is why they don’t tolerate doctors who use early treatment. As shocking as this is to some, it’s not the first time this has happened. Doctors were also paid to prescribe opioids, which contributed to the lethal opioid epidemic.
COVID Jab Injured Patients Desperate for Help
Just as Marik balked at health authorities’ recommendation to not offer early treatment — something completely unheard of until the advent of COVID — he also balked at the idea that patients were faking COVID jab injuries.
After the rollout of the shots, the FLCCC started getting calls from people who were desperate for help, as they suffered serious health problems shortly after their shots. Almost universally, their doctors had told them the shot couldn’t possibly be at fault.
Marik was not so sure, and once he began to really investigate the matter, he realized the data overwhelmingly showed there were serious problems. Marik is now so certain the shots are dangerous, he says he wouldn’t recommend it to a single living soul on the planet, and the FLCCC is now one of the few groups treating COVID jab injuries as well as COVID infection and long-COVID.
‘Unlearning Everything I Learned’
Marik’s professional experiences over the past three years have clearly resulted in a massive awakening to the fact that things have not been as they appeared. He says that in the past six months, he’s come to realize that he was essentially brainwashed by Big Pharma throughout medical school, and that much of what he learned was simply wrong.
He also realized you cannot trust medical journals. They too have been corrupted by Big Pharma. So, now, he’s in the process of unlearning the lies he was taught, and he’s starting anew, looking at health and disease with fresh eyes.
California Bill Seeks to Muzzle Doctors
The harassment and intimidation doctors have suffered under COVID is now cemented into law in California.17 California Assembly Bill 209818 designates “the dissemination or promotion of misinformation or disinformation related to … COVID-19 as unprofessional conduct” warranting “disciplinary action” that could result in the loss of their medical license.19
The bill was approved by the California Legislature September 26, 2022,20 and Gov. Gavin Newsome signed it October 1, 2022.2122
“Misinformation” is defined as anything that is “contradicted by contemporary scientific consensus contrary to the standard of care.” Misinformation or disinformation related to SARS-CoV-2 includes “false or misleading information regarding the nature and risks of the virus, its prevention and treatment; and the development, safety, and effectiveness of COVID-19 vaccines.”
“Who decides what is ‘scientific consensus?’ Presumably … it’s precisely those agencies and government actors who, ironically, have been wrong time and again throughout the pandemic.” ~ The Daily Signal
Basically, what all this means is that the state will dictate what misinformation is and isn’t, because rarely ever is there scientific consensus on anything. Even after decades of investigation, questions frequently linger, and new discoveries that upend old dogmas can come about at any time.
As noted by The Daily Signal,23 “Who decides what is ‘scientific consensus?’ Presumably … it’s precisely those agencies and government actors who, ironically, have been wrong time and again throughout the pandemic.” For examples, see their video below.
Science only moves forward when there is free exchange of ideas. By preventing doctors from sharing information and knowledge as they see fit with their patients, California bureaucrats are not only violating the U.S. Constitution and destroying the medical profession as we know it, they’re also pushing medical science back into the Dark Ages.
The Hunt for Truth-Tellers
I’ve written several articles over the past couple of years detailing the brutal and unethical treatment of medical professionals who have dared speak out against any part of the irrational COVID narrative.
Dr. Meryl Nass, for example, was stripped of her medical license and ordered to undergo psychiatric evaluation — all for the “crime” of successfully saving the lives of COVID patients using hydroxychloroquine and ivermectin.
The three authors included Harvard professor of medicine Martin Kulldorff, Ph.D., Oxford professor Sunetra Gupta, Ph.D., and Dr. Jay Bhattacharya, professor at Stanford University Medical School.
One of the tactics Fauci used against them was to claim scientific consensus — that most all scientists agreed with lockdowns, masking, social distancing and so on — even though there were just as many, if not more, who disagreed. At the time, more than 46,400 medical practitioners and 15,700 scientists had signed the Declaration.
As noted by Bhattacharya in an interview with Jimmy Dore (see hyperlink above), Fauci and Collins had nothing in terms of actual science. They could not defend lockdowns or anything else based on science alone. So, they turned to propaganda, PR and smear tactics.
Dr. Peter McCullough is another FLCCC member with top-notch medical credentials who is being persecuted by the medical establishment for his outspokenness about early treatment and the dangers of the COVID shots. He’s now written a book, “The Courage to Face COVID-19: Preventing Hospitalization and Death While Battling the Bio-Pharmaceutical Complex,” detailing his experiences and the crimes perpetrated against patients, doctors and others in the COVID era.
Dr. Ryan Cole, a clinical pathologist, is yet another example. While he’s been able to be more outspoken than most, thanks to running a private lab, several credentialing organizations have taken action against him in a clear effort to shut him up.
He’s also lost about half of his business, as two insurance companies canceled him for “unprofessional behavior,” i.e., for sharing and discussing the health effects of the COVID jabs, and one of his best friends, with whom he’s worked for 12 years, canceled their business relationship as he didn’t want Cole’s outspokenness to affect his business. “All because of the defamation by the media, so to tell the truth in this day and age is a dangerous thing,” he told me during an interview earlier this year.
Medicine Has Gone Off the Rails
For the past 25 years, and likely far longer, allopathic medicine has been a leading cause of death in the United States. As detailed in “Are Medical Errors Still the Third Leading Cause of Death?” in 1998, researchers concluded that properly prescribed and correctly taken pharmaceutical drugs were the fourth leading cause of death.2425
Two years later, in 2000, an article in JAMA written by the late Dr. Barbara Starfield detailed how physicians were the third leading cause of death in the U.S. One of Starfield’s points of contention with the medical system was the lack of systematic recording and studying of adverse events — a shortcoming that has been taken to absurd levels during the COVID era.
A 2003 article titled “Death by Medicine,”26 written by Dr. Carolyn Dean, Gary Null, Ph.D., Dr. Martin Feldman, Dr. Debora Rasio and Dorothy Smith, Ph.D., described how the modern conventional American medical system had by then bumbled its way into becoming the No. 1 leading cause of death and injury in the United States, claiming the lives of nearly 784,000 people annually.
These iatrogenic deaths (meaning deaths resulting from the activity of physicians) include everything from adverse drug reactions and avoidable medical errors, to hospital-acquired infections, surgeries gone bad and deaths from unnecessary medical procedures.
During COVID, all of the shortcomings of medicine have been amplified to the point that many now refer to hospitals as “killing fields” — places where greed rules and patients are mistreated, tortured and killed for profit.
So far, the COVID death toll in the U.S. is well over 1 million,27 and it’s not inconceivable that a vast majority of those were killed by the “standard of care” treatment given (i.e., remdesivir and ventilation, and the withholding of food and fluids).
In December that year, we also showed how the AMA encouraged lawlessness by telling private companies to ignore a court’s permanent injunction against vaccine mandates and implement mandates anyway.
Facing a Painful Reality
If there’s a silver lining to any of this, it’s that people are starting to realize just how far off the rails the medical system has gone, and that we need to make radical changes.
Even doctors like Marik are waking up to realize everything they thought they knew about medicine was actually Big Pharma propaganda, and that profits, not care, is the guiding light of most hospitals.
Many, like Marik, are shocked to realize they are being penalized for trying to improve care and save lives at low cost. I recently interviewed critical care physician Dr. Pierre Kory, another member of the FLCCC, who admitted he was woefully naïve when he first started speaking out about ivermectin back in 2020.
He thought the FLCCC would be hailed as heroes. Instead, they were vilified, maligned, persecuted and fired, and continue to be persecuted to this day, as they’re now also treating COVID jab injuries, which aren’t supposed to exist.
Kory has now written a book, “War on Ivermectin: The Medicine That Saved Millions and Could Have Ended the COVID Pandemic,” which will be available after November 15, 2022,28 detailing the playbook used to suppress ivermectin and other effective COVID treatments. My interview with him, in which we discuss these tactics, will air sometime in mid-November.
In closing, if you or someone you know still cannot believe that a doctor would ever withhold information or straight out lie to you, listen to Kirsch’s interview with Marik. Listen to Nass’s story. Read Kory’s book. Look at the legislation being pushed through in California.
Imagine being a doctor with hundreds of thousands of dollars in educational loans, and being told that if you share information that steers a patient away from “standard of care” — whatever that might be — you could lose your medical license. You could lose your career.
It takes a brave heart to stand up to that kind of pressure, which is why there are so few of them out there talking about early treatment and the dangers of remdesivir, ventilation and the COVID jabs. Those who cherish their health will do well to listen to those who are actually putting everything on the line to share the truth.
Disclaimer: The entire contents of this website are based upon the opinions of Dr. Mercola, unless otherwise noted. Individual articles are based upon the opinions of the respective author, who retains copyright as marked.
The information on this website is not intended to replace a one-on-one relationship with a qualified health care professional and is not intended as medical advice. It is intended as a sharing of knowledge and information from the research and experience of Dr. Mercola and his community. Dr. Mercola encourages you to make your own health care decisions based upon your research and in partnership with a qualified health care professional. The subscription fee being requested is for access to the articles and information posted on this site, and is not being paid for any individual medical advice.
If you are pregnant, nursing, taking medication, or have a medical condition, consult your health care professional before using products based on this content.
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
September 23, 2022, the Mercola website was cyberattacked and taken offline. The attack also destroyed our email servers and all our email accounts were lost including my primary email
Over the past two years, we’ve been censored and deplatformed by several social media companies at the request of the federal government. Banks have also shut down our accounts and canceled our credit cards, and PayPal has shut down the accounts of our business partners
Since August 2021, our reach has been primarily restricted to subscribers of our newsletter, and with this cyberattack, they tried to eliminate even this limited reach
Our website will temporarily operate through Substack, which will host our content for the first 48 hours free of charge. It is imperative that you sign up for a free subscription to my Substack to receive our daily newsletter
If you are a newsletter subscriber and you receive our newsletter through Gmail please use this as an opportunity to catalyze switching your primary email to ProtonMail.
Our online marketplace, MercolaMarket.com, was restored after being offline for four days and is operational again
Advertisement
Many of you are aware the Mercola website disappeared early Friday morning, September 23, 2022. This outage wasn’t scheduled, but we have been planning and preparing for the possibility that hackers might succeed in their attempts to take us down for some time now.
The past few years have brought many challenges. Attacks have been ongoing for the past six years, but have really concentrated over the last two. Media, U.S. senators, attorneys general, federal agencies and Big Tech have all been used by the global cabal to illegally shut down our right to free speech.
By early August 2021, the free speech attacks had intensified to the point where the best choice available was to make articles viewable for free for only 48 hours. After that, they were transferred to a subscription platform (Substack) which provides legal protection of a private membership association.
As demanded by the White House, my reach on social media has since been throttled back to next to nothing. Still, that wasn’t enough. In February 2022, former National Institutes of Health director Dr. Francis Collins blamed me personally for the government’s inability to bring the COVID pandemic to a close. This despite the fact that I was by then heavily censored just about everywhere.
The only people, really, who saw my information were those who subscribed to my newsletter and received it by email. In this latest attack on my website, they tried to eliminate even that ability to share information.
The Global Cabal Plays Dirty
The global cabal also have other ways to shut down opposition. A key strategy is to destroy you financially and prevent you from making a living. Before our website was successfully hacked and taken down, our bank accounts were closed and credit cards canceled. Our business partners have also had their PayPal accounts shut down. I discussed all of this in my 25th anniversary video (above).
The strategy to close financial accounts and/or withhold funds for months on end has been employed across the world,12 and proves many private companies are anything but independent and impartial service providers. The truth is, Big Tech has been weaponized to suppress dissent, and the global cabal is using it for all it’s worth.
It started with suppression and harassment of those who dissented against COVID tyranny. Then they started suppressing those with more conservative political views. The next target is anyone’s guess. It could be anything, really, which is why the right to free speech must be protected at all costs.
We simply cannot pick and choose “approved speech.” All speech must be equally protected. We must also ensure that private service companies cannot be used as weapons for totalitarian control, which is precisely how PayPal has been used.
PayPal’s Actions Prove It’s an Arm of the Deep State
“Although PayPal has been banning conservatives and right-wingers for years, its recent move to terminate accounts operated by the Free Speech Union and other groups in the UK that opposed lockdowns and vaccine mandates has apparently been a step too far.
Following the controversy, dozens of Conservative Party MPs … signed an open letter to Jacob Rees-Mogg’s Business Department demanding that PayPal be legally barred from imposing discriminatory practices.
The letter asserts that it is ‘hard to avoid construing PayPal’s actions as an orchestrated, politically motivated move to silence critical or dissenting views on these topics within the U.K.’ [The] London Times also published a powerful piece4 by Jawad Iqbal which highlighted the dangers of allowing PayPal to abuse such powers.
‘This is censorship by corporate diktat: the company sets its own rules and interprets them as it sees fit. It appears oblivious to the notion that it is wrong in principle to withdraw vital services from people because of their political views.
Would it be acceptable for a supermarket to refuse to serve a customer because of their politics or for a high street bank to refuse to make a payment to a company it deemed politically objectionable?’ asked Iqbal.
After questions were asked in Parliament about the issue, a new law could be on the cards that would put an end to PayPal’s crusade against dissident viewpoints.‘Conservative backbenchers are considering launching an amendment to upcoming financial legislation in the House of Commons that would ban companies from freezing campaigners’ accounts,’ reports the Telegraph.”
We’re not giving up though. We see right through this coordinated agenda. A game of chess is being played out and our lives and future liberty are at stake. We simply cannot give up our rights and freedoms — for any reason — because they won’t stop there. They intend to take literally everything from us, all of us.
“Always remember that challenges are opportunities to become stronger as individuals and as a society. Standing up for a good cause — and there’s no better cause than freedom — actually makes you more powerful as it strengthens your resiliency.”
We have won many battles and are stronger and more enlightened by each one. Importantly, we’ve broken through the blinding fog of the COVID war together, which is why they’re upping the ante.
Always remember that challenges are opportunities to become stronger as individuals and as a society. Standing up for a good cause — and there’s no better cause than freedom — actually makes you more powerful.
Facing adversity head-on makes you more resilient as it forces you to think outside the box and come up with new and better solutions. And believe me, we have bigger and better solutions in the works to prevent these kinds of interruptions from happening in the future!
Temporary Solutions
While we work on restoring everything, our website will temporarily operate through Substack, which will host our content for the first 48 hours free of charge. It is imperative that you sign up for a free subscription to my Substack to receive our daily newsletter. Please also bookmark the website should you not receive our emails.
You can find my Substack website at: TakeControl.Substack.com. More updates will be coming, so please be sure to subscribe to my Substack website or bookmark the page and visit daily. Our online marketplace was restored over the weekend and can be reached at MercolaMarket.com.
Still Using Gmail? Time to Switch!
If you’re still using Gmail, I urge you to reconsider, as Google is not only harvesting every word from every email you send and receive, they’re also censoring your inbox.
While about 50% of our subscribers are using Gmail accounts to receive our daily newsletter, the delivery rate for Gmail is HALF of other email providers, such as ProtonMail. I am certain that at some point in the not too distant future they will stop delivering ANY of our emails to Gmail accounts.
So, please understand if you are one of the 50% who are receiving our newsletter by email the time is NOW to opt out of Gmail as your primary email client. You can keep it for things that don’t matter or are irrelevant, but with anything that counts, like the vital information you receive in our newsletter, the time has come to opt out of Gmail.
It is just another clever censoring strategy they have at their disposal. So, if you’re using Gmail to receive our newsletter, please change it immediately. If you’re a subscriber, I strongly urge you to sign up to my Substack with another email account — and cancel your Gmail altogether.
ProtonMail is an excellent alternative. It provides end-to-end encryption to protect your content and other user data. Proton also provides an encrypted calendar, encrypted cloud storage and free VPN. Once Mercola.com is back online, then re-subscribe with your ProtonMail.
The Global Cabal Overplayed Their Hand
While the global cabal probably viewed the COVID pandemic as the ace up their sleeve — the event that would allow them to usher in The Great Reset and the Fourth Industrial Revolution (i.e., transhumanism and a post-human world) without too much trouble — it didn’t work out quite as they planned.
The authoritarian tactics have instead resulted in a worldwide awakening. More people than ever are now starting to realize that the world doesn’t operate the way we thought it did. Everything is rigged. There’s been an agenda at play for decades, and many of the things we embraced for their convenience and usefulness are now turning out to be clever traps to enslave and impoverish us against our will.
People are starting to realize that social engineering has been at work for a long time, and that data harvesting is not an innocent business venture. They’re starting to see just how the prison has been built up around us. It’s not completed yet, but the global cabal is closer than ever to their goal of controlling the global population. This is why we cannot give up or give in, no matter how many times they try to knock us down.
‘The Greater Good’ Hides a Great Evil
The fact that this cabal doesn’t have the safety and well-being of mankind as their primary motivation is now clearly self-evident. In recent months, more and more evidence has emerged allowing us to put the puzzle pieces of the COVID pandemic and its ultimate purpose together, and it’s not a pretty picture.
Between the SARS-CoV-2 bioweapon, the COVID shot bioweapon, the intentional lack of early treatment and the mistreatment in hospitals, the lockdowns, mask mandates and isolation requirements, and the subsequent mental health problems, loss of work and education, lack of medical care, suicides and drug overdoses, the decision makers in this COVID “war game” have injured and killed more people than any previous genocide in human history.
We’re literally living through the greatest crime against humanity the world has ever seen, and bioweapons research is an important factor that allowed for all of this to happen.
Evidence points to SARS-CoV-2 being the result of a lab leak, and that Dr. Anthony Fauci, Harvard researchers, China, the mainstream media, the World Health Organization and tech companies all worked together to cover it up. U.S. Right to Know recently published a detailed timeline of this cover-up.5
The Soul and Freedom of Humanity Is at Stake
I’ve repeatedly discussed the end goal of the global cabal, from various angles. While their strategies are manifold and complex, the end goal is rather simple. They intend to create a two-tiered society of have’s and have not’s. The top-tier will be augmented transhumanists who will control the world’s resources — and that includes the rest of us.
To them, you and I are not only ignorant and contemptible but a resource to be used and disposed of at will, and they don’t want a disposable resource to use up more valuable resources such as land, property, food, water and energy. The Green Agenda is all about restricting our ability to access resources and live free.
They intend to seize complete control over the world and implement tyrannical global slavery, and to do that, they have to silence any and all opposition. I’m just one of many. So far, they’ve not succeeded in silencing me, and many others are also not giving up but, rather, adapting and inventing new ways to communicate truth and share information.
No matter what they throw at us, we simply must stay the course and refuse to give up or resign ourselves to their slave system. Information is power, and no matter how small your reach, never stop sharing information, and never give in to their intimidation tactics. The future of humanity is at stake.
I am committed to continue to empower you with the truth about health and the global cabal’s threats to your health and liberty. But the only way I can do that is if you continue to receive our daily emails, so please be sure the email client you are using is not Gmail as there is a high likelihood you will not receive them in the future due to their censorship strategies.
Disclaimer: The entire contents of this website are based upon the opinions of Dr. Mercola, unless otherwise noted. Individual articles are based upon the opinions of the respective author, who retains copyright as marked.
The information on this website is not intended to replace a one-on-one relationship with a qualified health care professional and is not intended as medical advice. It is intended as a sharing of knowledge and information from the research and experience of Dr. Mercola and his community. Dr. Mercola encourages you to make your own health care decisions based upon your research and in partnership with a qualified health care professional. The subscription fee being requested is for access to the articles and information posted on this site, and is not being paid for any individual medical advice.
If you are pregnant, nursing, taking medication, or have a medical condition, consult your health care professional before using products based on this content.
September 29, 2021, Google deleted my YouTube account for “violating community guidelines” they’d implemented that same morning
September 28, 2022, I filed a lawsuit against Google, YouTube and Alphabet Inc. for breach of contract. YouTube unilaterally amended the contract without notice, which is a violation of its own terms, and then used this last-minute amendment to remove my content
YouTube’s terms of service also include a “three strikes” policy, where users are supposed to be given three warnings and opportunities to remove content that violates the guidelines BEFORE being banned. I had no “strikes” against my channel on the day I was deplatformed and deleted
We’re also suing YouTube for unjust enrichment, as for the last 16 years, my video content, having generated in excess of 50 million views, has been of great financial benefit to YouTube, allowing them to increase advertising revenue on the site
November 8, 2021, I sued U.S. Sen. Elizabeth Warren, both in her official and personal capacities, for violating my First Amendment rights, as she tried to force Amazon.com to ban my book, “The Truth About COVID-19”
September 29, 2021, Google deleted my YouTube account for “violating community guidelines” — guidelines they’d implemented that very same morning. September 28, 2022, I filed a lawsuit1 against Google, YouTube and Alphabet Inc. for breach of contract.2
As detailed in my complaint, YouTube unilaterally amended the contract without notice, which is a violation of its own terms, and then used this last-minute amendment to remove my content, which went back to 2005, the same year YouTube was founded. At the time YouTube deleted my content, I had more than 300,000 subscribers, and my videos had collectively garnered more than 50 million views.
While I disagreed with YouTube’s censorship, when its “COVID-19 misinformation” policy was implemented back in April 2021, I carefully avoided posting any content on YouTube that might violate that guideline.
In fact, over 16 years on the platform, I never once received notice of any “strike” against my channel for violation of community guidelines.
Clear Breach of Contract
Then, on the morning of September 29, 2022, at 9 a.m. EDT, The Washington Post published an article titled “YouTube Is Banning Joseph Mercola and a Handful of Other Anti-Vaccine Activists.” According to the WaPo:
“YouTube is taking down several video channels associated with high-profile anti-vaccine activists including Joseph Mercola … As part of a new set of policies aimed at cutting down on anti-vaccine content on the Google-owned site.
YouTube will ban any videos that claim that commonly used vaccines approved by health authorities are ineffective or dangerous. The company previously blocked videos that made those claims about coronavirus vaccines, but not ones for other vaccines like those for measles or chickenpox.”
Six minutes AFTER the publication of that WaPo article, at 9.06 a.m. EDT, I received an email from YouTube informing me that my entire channel had been deplatformed and banned. They didn’t just take down old videos where I discussed vaccines. They took down my whole channel, including thousands of videos that were completely unrelated to vaccines.
So, as described in my complaint, the evidence suggests YouTube had considered this new guideline for some time — to not allow disparaging views against ANY approved vaccine — and they worked with a reporter from The WaPo to create that article ahead of time.
The WaPo article was then embargoed until the morning of September 29 in order to not allow me (or anyone else affected by this change) to review the new policy, take steps to bring my channel into compliance, or move my content to another platform. Instead, they simply deleted 16 years’ worth of intellectual property, without warning.
This is a clear violation of its own terms of service, which state that YouTube “will provide reasonable advance notice” of any changes to the terms of service, and that users will have “the opportunity to review them” and to remove content if they do not agree to the new terms.
Government, Media and Social Media Collude to Censor
The WaPo article coinciding with YouTube’s action is also a blatant illustration of how government, social media platforms and media collude and coordinate attacks to censor people and organizations with whom they do not agree, or who pose a threat to their propaganda narrative.
In a September 29, 2021, “News & Events” article posted by YouTube on its website, YouTube admitted they were “working closely with health authorities,” including “local and international health organizations” to come up with this new guideline.
YouTube Violated Its Own Three Strikes Policy
YouTube’s terms of service also include a “three strikes” policy, where users are supposed to be given three warnings and opportunities to remove content that violates the guidelines BEFORE being banned.
I had no “strikes” against my channel on the day I was deplatformed and deleted. The fact that YouTube had to use underhanded tactics to create an excuse to get rid of us only goes to show how compliant we had actually been all along.
YouTube Profited From the Content It Stole
I’m also suing YouTube for unjust enrichment, as for the last 16 years, my video content, having generated in excess of 50 million views, has been of great financial benefit to YouTube, allowing them to increase advertising revenue on the site.
Additionally, they’ve refused to allow me to retrieve any of this content, which they still have in their possession. So, YouTube has unjustly benefited at my expense.
Sen. Elizabeth Warren Sued for First Amendment Violation
The YouTube lawsuit isn’t the only legal complaint we’ve filed to protect our rights in this new age of illegal censorship.
November 8, 2021, I, along with Ronnie Cummins, founder and director of the Organic Consumers Association (OCA) and the coauthor of my best-selling book, “The Truth About COVID-19,” our publisher, Chelsea Green Publishing, and Robert F. Kennedy Jr., who wrote our foreword, also sued U.S. Sen. Elizabeth Warren, both in her official and personal capacities, for violating our First Amendment rights.
The lawsuit was filed in response to Warren’s attempts to force Amazon.com to ban our book. In early September 2021, Warren sent a letter3 to Andy Jassy, chief executive officer of Amazon, demanding an “immediate review” of Amazon’s algorithms to weed out books peddling “COVID misinformation,” stressing that Amazon’s sale of such books was “potentially unlawful.”4,5,6
While she didn’t spell out what laws Amazon might be breaking, she appeared to be warning Jassy that the company may be held legally responsible for wrongful death and homicide by selling books that “misinform” readers about COVID-19, its treatment and COVID shots.
She singled out my book, “The Truth About COVID-19,” as a prime example of “highly-ranked and favorably-tagged books based on falsehoods about COVID-19 vaccines and cures” that she wanted banned. She wrote:7
“Dr. Mercola has been described as ‘the most influential spreader of coronavirus misinformation online. Not only was this book the top result when searching either ‘COVID-19’ or ‘vaccine’ in the categories of ‘All Departments’ and ‘Books’; it was tagged as a ‘Best Seller’ by Amazon and the ‘#1 Best Seller’ in the ‘Political Freedom’ category.
The book perpetuates dangerous conspiracies about COVID-19 and false and misleading information about vaccines. It asserts that vitamin C, vitamin D and quercetin … can prevent COVID-19 infection … And the book contends that vaccines cannot be trusted …”
Government Officials Cannot Legally Censor Anyone
As a government official, it is illegal for Warren to violate the U.S. Constitution, and pressuring private businesses to do it for her is not a legal workaround. As noted in our complaint:
“Once upon a time, the First Amendment was understood to guarantee that books challenging governmental orthodoxy could be sold without fear of governmental intimidation or reprisal.
Almost sixty years ago, in Bantam Books v. Sullivan, 372 U.S. 58 (1963), the Supreme Court held that state officials violated the First Amendment by sending letters to booksellers warning that the sale of certain named books was potentially unlawful.
The ‘vice’ in such letters and in the ‘veiled threat’ of legal repercussions they communicated, explained the Court, is that they allow government to achieve censorship while doing an end-run around the judiciary, ‘provid[ing] no safeguards whatever against the suppression of … constitutionally protected’ speech, thus effecting an unconstitutional ‘prior restraint.’
It made no difference that the officials who sent the letter lacked the ‘power to apply formal legal sanctions’ — i.e., that the officials did not themselves have the power to sanction or prosecute the booksellers in any way. Indeed this fact made the unconstitutionality more apparent.
The officials ‘are not law enforcement officers; they do not pretend that they are qualified to give or that they attempt to give distributors only fair legal advice … [T]hey acted … not to advise but to suppress.’
It also made no difference, the Court expressly found, that the letters were framed as mere ‘exhort[ation]’ or that the booksellers were in theory ‘free’ to ignore the letters, because the officials had ‘deliberately set about to achieve the suppression of publications deemed ‘objectionable’,’ and ‘people do not lightly disregard public officers’ veiled threats.’
Today, certain members of the United States Congress have apparently forgotten, or think they are above, the law set forth in Bantam Books.”
If We Lose Free Speech, We Lose Everything
There’s no doubt our book, “The Truth About COVID-19,” is constitutionally protected speech, and that Warren’s letter is calling on Amazon to suppress protected speech.
Yet, ever since the start of the pandemic, government has systematically sought to suppress the kind of information shared in our book, using the same tactic as Warren used against us here — warning internet-based companies that if they don’t censor these views, the full weight of the government’s wrath will be turned against them.
While lawsuits like these are time consuming and costly, they are necessary. Free speech is worth fighting for, because if we lose that, then we lose everything.
As discussed in “The Biggest Casualty of COVID-19,” individual rights have been repeatedly trampled and violated ever since the beginning of this pandemic, and it’s only going to get worse from here if we don’t fight back.
It’s now clear that we have only two choices: Freedom, or life under authoritarian rule. There’s no middle ground. As the old adage goes, “Give an inch and they’ll take a mile.” It’s true that the judicial system has in many ways been weaponized against us as well, but it is still our best chance at setting the record straight and reining in these egregious rights violations.
Polls taken in 2020 and 2021 revealed Americans were wildly confused and misinformed about their true risk of dying from COVID
Based on a new preprint analysis by professor John Ioannidis, there’s no reason for anyone to live in fear anymore, regardless of your age, as your risk of dying from COVID is — and always was — minuscule across the board
Before the COVID jabs were rolled out, if you were 19 or younger, your risk of dying of COVID was 0.0003%; only 3 per 1 million infected with COVID at this age ended up dying. Between ages 60 and 69, the infection fatality rate was 0.501%, i.e., 1 out of 200 infected died
Emerging evidence suggests the shots are causing immune deficiency in some people, thereby actually raising their risk of dying from SARS-CoV-2 infection, even with the now-milder strains
The real-world risk of dying from COVID-19 based on published data from the Irish census bureau and the central statistics office for 2020 and 2021 is as follows: For people under 70, the death rate was 0.014%; under 50 years of age, it was 0.002%, which equates to a 1 in 50,000 risk, or about the same as dying from fire or smoke inhalation. Under 25 years of age, the mortality rate was 0.00018%, or 1 in 500,000 risk of dying from COVID
Do you really understand your risk of dying from COVID-19? According to The Hill,1 a poll taken in mid-August 2020 showed “Americans have a significant misunderstanding of the risk of death from COVID-19 when it comes to different age groups.”
On average, Americans were under the impression that people under the age of 44 made up about 30% of deaths, when the actual figure was less than 3%. At the time, 58% of those polled who were between the ages of 18 and 24 also said they feared “significant health consequences” were they to get infected, when in reality this age group accounted for a mere 0.1% of COVID deaths.
Similar stats were found in April 2021, when the Washington Examiner reported on polls showing “COVID-19 alarmism” had resulted in 18- to 24-year-olds being the “most anxious about resuming normal life — despite being by far the least at risk from COVID-19.”2
At the time, the reported death rate among this group was 0.006%, yet half reported being nervous about interacting socially. Meanwhile, in the highest-risk group, those 55 and older, only 31% were nervous about social interactions; 65% were not.
Has anything changed? Anecdotally, it seems mask wearers these days are primarily young (and seemingly healthy) people, while the majority of older individuals have embraced the freedom to breathe freely again.
Based on a new preprint analysis by professor John Ioannidis, there’s really no reason for anyone to live in fear anymore, regardless of your age, as your risk of dying from COVID is — and always was — minuscule across the board.
Pre-Jab Infection Fatality Rates
Ioannidis’ paper,3,4 posted on the preprint server medRxiv October 13, 2022, looked at pre-jab national seroprevalence studies to ascertain the age-stratified infection fatality rate (IFR) of COVID-19 in people between the ages of birth and 69. As noted in the abstract:
“The infection fatality rate (IFR) of COVID-19 among non-elderly people in the absence of vaccination or prior infection is important to estimate accurately, since 94% of the global population is younger than 70 years and 86% is younger than 60 years.
In systematic searches in SeroTracker and PubMed … we identified 40 eligible national seroprevalence studies covering 38 countries with pre-vaccination seroprevalence data.
For 29 countries (24 high-income, 5 others), publicly available age-stratified COVID-19 death data and age-stratified seroprevalence information were available and were included in the primary analysis.”
Based on these data, the authors came up with the following median IFRs:
Birth to 19 years: 0.0003% = 3 out of 1,000,000 infected were dying
20 to 29 years: 0.003% = 3 out of 100,000 infected were dying
30 to 39 years: 0.011% = 1.1 out of 10,000 infected were dying
40 to 49 years: 0.035% = 3.5 out of 10,000 infected were dying
50 to 59 years: 0.129% = 1.3 out of 1,000 infected were dying
60 to 69 years: 0.501% = 1 out of 200 infected were dying
Source: Ioannidis et al.5
Overall, the median IFR for all age groups combined (birth to 69 years) was 0.095%, with an interquartile range of 0.036 – 0.125%. Limiting the age range to between birth and 59, the median IFR was even lower, just 0.035%, with an interquartile range of 0.013 – 0.056%.
In other words, before the COVID jabs came along, out of 10,000 infected people under the age of 59, three died. Looking at the full age spread — birth to 69 — 7 in 10,000 infected individuals died. According to the authors:6
“At a global level, pre-vaccination IFR may have been as low as 0.03% and 0.07% for 0-59 and 0-69 year old people, respectively. These IFR estimates in non-elderly populations are lower than previous calculations had suggested … Large differences did exist between countries and may reflect differences in comorbidities and other factors.”
The graph below illustrates the ranging IFRs across populations in different countries.
As reported by the Daily Skeptic,7 “The significantly higher values for the top seven [countries] suggest some of the difference may be an artifact of, for example, the way COVID-19 deaths are counted, particularly where excess death levels are similar …”
Wide variations in IFR between countries for the same age groups were also found, which they postulate may be due to:8,9
Data artifacts, such as inaccurate measures of seroprevalence or inaccurate recording of deaths
Presence and severity of comorbidities — For example, in the U.S., obesity affects 41.9% of the population, compared to just 2% in Vietnam and 4% in India
Prevalence of frailty (number of elderly living in nursing homes)
Differences in health care management and societal support
Prevalence of drug problems
Pre-Jab COVID Survival Rates
Presenting this same data as COVID survival rates in the pre-jab era (i.e. 2020, before the rollout of the COVID shots) instead of fatality rates, you get the following:
Birth to 19 years: 99.9997% survival rate
20 to 29 years: 99.997% survival rate
30 to 39 years: 99.989% survival rate
40 to 49 years: 99.965% survival rate
50 to 59 years: 99.871% survival rate
60 to 69 years: 99.499% survival rate
Now, these numbers were all prior to the COVID jabs. Emerging evidence suggests the shots are causing immune deficiency in some people, thereby actually raising their risk of dying from SARS-CoV-2 infection, even with the now milder strains.
It’s important to understand that when you’re dealing with a risk that is but a fraction of a percent, the real-world hazard is so small it’s really pointless to worry about.
As a follow up to Ioannides’ new paper, Ivor Cummins, founder of TheFatEmperor.com, decided to review the real-world risk of dying from COVID-19 based on published data from the Irish census bureau and the central statistics office (CSO) for 2020 and 2021 (see video above10).
In other words, these data are based on actual deaths, not projections or estimates. He also compares it to the risk of suffering other causes of death, such as accidental poisoning or falling off a ladder. Here’s a summary of Cummins’ findings:
Under 70 years of age (i.e., ages birth through 69), 600 out of 4.4 million (0.014%) died of COVID. This equates to a 1 in 7,500 risk of dying from COVID, or approximately the same as your risk of death from accidental poisoning
In the 50 to 60 age group, 130 died out of 600,000 (0.022%), which equates to a 1 in 5,000 risk
Under 50 years of age, 70 died out of 3,4 million (0.002%), which equates to a 1 in 50,000 risk, or about the same as dying from fire or smoke inhalation
Under 25 years of age, fewer than five deaths were recorded in a population totaling 1.65 million. Since no number is specified, Cummins settled on three deaths to make his calculation, which gives us a mortality rate of 0.00018%. This equates to a 1 in 500,000 risk of dying from COVID if you’re under 25, or one-fourth the risk of dying from falling down stairs or off a ladder
Keep in mind that these deaths are not confirmed as being due to severe COVID infection. They’re people who died with a COVID positive PCR test, so the real-world risks are likely to be even lower if you’re healthy and have no comorbidities such as obesity, diabetes and preexisting heart disease.
In all, only 150 Irish people died from COVID during 2020 and 2021 who had no underlying health conditions contributing to their deaths, meaning they truly died from COVID and nothing else.
Lockdowns Cannot Account for Low Death Rates
Cummins has also published a draft paper titled “Evidence For and Against the Effectiveness of Lockdown Policies.”11 He points out that during 2020 and 2021, there was massive PCR positivity across the Irish population, so lockdowns were NOT the reason for why the death toll was so low.
People were testing positive in droves, even during lockdowns, yet very few were dying. The only reason that could be so is because the infection really wasn’t as lethal as they made it out to be.
People were testing positive in droves, even during lockdowns, yet very few were dying. The only reason that could be so is because the infection really wasn’t as lethal as they made it out to be.
Why Did so Many Die ‘With’ COVID?
As of early May 2022, the official COVID death toll in the U.S. was reported as 1 million, and 4 out of 10 Americans polled claimed they knew someone who died of COVID.12 But did they really die from COVID? That is the question. There’s ample evidence suggesting the vast majority of so-called “COVID deaths” were of three main categories:
1.People who died of other causes but had a positive COVID test within the last month — There were all sorts of incentives to mark non-COVID deaths down as COVID, from hospitals getting paid extra for each COVID patient13 to families getting funeral expenses paid (up to $9,000) for deceased family members who died from or with COVID.14,15
2.COVID patients were killed by incorrect and lethal “standard of care” treatment for COVID — It started with routine use of ventilators, which was quickly recognized as killing rather than curing patients. According to Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) whistleblowers, 84.9% of Texans who were placed on ventilators died within 96 hours.16 Yet the practice continues to this day.
Then came routine use of remdesivir, a failed Ebola drug with extreme toxicity, and denying patients basic nutrition and fluids. There are countless horror stories of people who had no symptoms of COVID when entering the hospital but were placed on this death protocol simply because they tested positive on PCR, and subsequently died from the treatment.
Attorney Thomas Renz has calculated17 that hospitals, at a minimum, are making $100,000 extra per COVID patient provided they do not deviate from the standard of care protocol, which includes lethal remdesivir and lethal ventilation, and bars the use of life-saving options like hydroxychloroquine, ivermectin, vitamin D or anything else shown to effectively treat the infection.
In short, every patient who has tested positive has had a massive bounty on their head, and hospitals have cashed in by overtreating and mistreating patients. It’s been estimated that 75% to 80% of all COVID deaths could have been prevented had early treatment with successful protocols not been vilified or outright banned.18
3.COVID (when it did play a significant role) primarily took out those already close to death, either because of their age or poor state of health — For example, as detailed in “The Truth Is Coming Out About COVID Deaths,” the average age of death in the U.K. from COVID in 2021 was 82.5 years. Compare that to the projected life expectancy in the U.K., which is 79 for men and 82.9 for women.19
Release Any Vestige of Fear
In closing, COVID-19 was never as dangerous as they made it out to be, and the virus has not gotten more lethal over time. It’s gotten milder. More infectious, yes, but milder, being near-indistinguishable to the common cold. So, please, if you’re still panicked about COVID, it’s time to stop. It’s safe to stop. It was a manufactured crisis from the start.
I encourage you to read Dr. Russell Blaylock’s article, “COVID Update: What Is the Truth?” published in the April 2022 issue of Surgical Neurology International. Here’s an extended excerpt from this excellent article in which he covers most if not all the basics:20
“The COVID-19 pandemic is one of the most manipulated infectious disease events in history, characterized by official lies in an unending stream lead by government bureaucracies, medical associations, medical boards, the media, and international agencies.
We have witnessed a long list of unprecedented intrusions into medical practice, including attacks on medical experts, destruction of medical careers among doctors refusing to participate in killing their patients and a massive regimentation of health care, led by non-qualified individuals with enormous wealth, power and influence …
Neither Anthony Fauci, the CDC, WHO nor any medical governmental establishment has ever offered any early treatment other than Tylenol, hydration and call an ambulance once you have difficulty breathing. This is unprecedented in the entire history of medical care as early treatment of infections is critical to saving lives and preventing severe complications.
Not only have these medical organizations and federal lapdogs not even suggested early treatment, they attacked anyone who attempted to initiate such treatment with all the weapons at their disposal — loss of license, removal of hospital privileges, shaming, destruction of reputations and even arrest …
Never in the history of American medicine have hospital administrators dictated to its physicians how they will practice medicine and what medications they can use.
The CDC has no authority to dictate to hospitals or doctors concerning medical treatments. Yet, most physicians complied without the slightest resistance … It should be an embarrassment to the medical profession that so many doctors mindlessly followed the deadly protocols.”
Big Money for the Hospitals
Blaylock continues addressing the only rational reasons for why hospitals were following clearly lethal protocols passed down from on-high by medically illiterate bureaucrats:
“The federal Care Act encouraged this human disaster by offering all US hospitals up to 39,000 dollars for each ICU patient they put on respirators, despite the fact that early on it was obvious that the respirators were a major cause of death …
In addition, the hospitals received 12,000 dollars for each patient that was admitted to the ICU — explaining, in my opinion and others, why all federal medical bureaucracies (CDC, FDA, NIAID, NIH, etc) did all in their power to prevent life-saving early treatments. Letting patients deteriorate to the point they needed hospitalization, meant big money for all hospitals …
It has been noted that billions in Federal COVID aid is being used by these hospital giants to acquire these financially endangered hospitals, further increasing the power of corporate medicine over physician independence …
One must also keep in mind that this event never satisfied the criteria for a pandemic. The World Health Organization changed the criteria to make this a pandemic …
The draconian measures established to contain this contrived ‘pandemic’ have never been shown to be successful, such as masking the public, lockdowns, and social distancing. A number of carefully done studies during previous flu seasons demonstrated that masks, of any kind, had never prevented the spread of the virus among the public …”
The Fact Check Scam
Blaylock also reviews how truth has been suppressed while falsehoods have flourished during these COVID years:
“The designers of this pandemic anticipated a pushback by the public and that major embarrassing questions would be asked. To prevent this, the controllers fed the media a number of tactics, one of the most commonly used was and is the ‘fact check’ scam …
When sources are in fact revealed they are invariably the corrupt CDC, WHO or Anthony Fauci or just their opinion. Here is a list of things that were labeled as ‘myths’ and ‘misinformation’ that were later proven to be true.
The asymptomatic vaccinated are spreading the virus equally as with unvaccinated symptomatic infected.
The vaccines cannot protect adequately against new variants, such as Delta and Omicron.
Natural immunity is far superior to vaccine immunity and is most likely lifelong.
Vaccine immunity not only wanes after several months, but all immune cells are impaired for prolonged periods, putting the vaccinated at a high risk of all infections and cancer.
COVID vaccines can cause a significant incidence of blood clots and other serious side effects.
The vaccine proponents will demand numerous boosters as each variant appears on the scene.
Fauci will insist on the COVID vaccine for small children and even babies.
Vaccine passports will be required to enter a business, fly in a plane, and use public transportation.
There will be internment camps for the unvaccinated (as in Australia, Austria and Canada).
The unvaccinated will be denied employment.
There are secret agreements between the government, elitist institutions, and vaccine makers.
Many hospitals were either empty or had low occupancy during the pandemic.
The spike protein from the vaccine enters the nucleus of the cell, altering cell DNA repair function.
Hundreds of thousands have been killed by the vaccines and many times more have been permanently damaged.
Early treatment could have saved the lives of most … who died.
Vaccine-induced myocarditis (which was denied initially) is a significant problem and clears over a short period.
Special deadly lots (batches) of these vaccines are mixed with the mass of other COVID-19 vaccines.”
Blaylock goes on to review COVID jab hazards, evidence of “hot lots,” the unprecedented lack of autopsies being done on people who die shortly post-jab, Pfizer’s deceptive trial practices, the shameful vilification of useful drugs, going even so far as to fabricate studies to make them look deadly, the dangers of the COVID jab during pregnancy, the skyrocketing excess mortality post-jab and much more.
It’s a fairly long article, but well worth reading through for a summary of where we’ve been — and where we’re headed.
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
Fifth COVID Shot Recommended Without Safety or Efficacy Data
It’s true. According to a recent risk-benefit analysis it will cause 18-98 serious adverse events for each hospitalization it prevents, yet Biden just ordered 171M doses based on a study of 8 mice …
The emergency authorizations of Pfizer’s and Moderna’s bivalent COVID boosters are based on preliminary test results from a grand total of eight mice, and that data hasn’t even been made public
Based on the antibody response in eight mice, the Biden administration has ordered 171 million doses of the two boosters
A reanalysis of data from the Pfizer and Moderna COVID vaccine trials found that, combined, the jabs were associated with a risk increase of serious adverse events of special interest at a rate of 12.5 per 10,000 vaccinated. Meanwhile, the risk reduction for COVID-19 hospitalization was only 2.3 per 10,000 participants for Pfizer and 6.4 per 10,000 for Moderna
According to a recent risk-benefit analysis of a third booster for university students, for each COVID hospitalization prevented, the booster will cause 18 to 98 serious adverse events
A number of top officials with the FDA, CDC and the NIH reportedly have serious concerns about the direction we’re going in, yet are too afraid to speak out or push back
Advertisement
August 31, 2022, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration authorized the reformulated COVID bivalent booster shots by Moderna and Pfizer1 — all without the required convening of its Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee (VRBPAC), which would typically discuss or vote on the authorization or approval of a new vaccine.
Instead, the FDA pushed the matter before the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP). ACIP met for eight hours September 1, 2022, and authorized the untested boosters 13-to-1.23 CDC director Dr. Rochelle Walensky endorsed the recommendation later that evening.
Pfizer’s new booster, authorized for people age 12 and older, is a bivalent injection targeting Omicron subvariants BA.4 and BA.5, which are the two currently in circulation.
Moderna’s shot, authorized for adults only, aged 18 and older, targets the already extinct Wuhan strain and Omicron subvariant BA.1.4 The two bivalent boosters is only be available to those who have already received the primary two-dose series and/or a monovalent booster at least two months ago.5
Safety and Efficacy Assumed Based on Mouse Data
As explained in “What They’re Not Telling You About the New mRNA Boosters,” the emergency authorization of these reformulated boosters is based on nothing more than preliminary test results from a grand total of eight mice,6 and that data hasn’t even been released to the public.
In an August 30, 2022, article, Science explained the makeup of the reformulated boosters:7
“Both the Pfizer-BioNTech collaboration and Moderna make their vaccines from messenger RNA (mRNA) coding for the spike protein of SARS-CoV-2. The new vaccines are bivalent.
Half of the mRNA codes for the spike protein of the ancestral virus strain that emerged in Wuhan, China, in late 2019, which is also in the original shots; the other half codes for the spike protein in BA.1 or the one in BA.4 and BA.5, which have identical spikes …
For the BA.4/BA.5 boosters, the companies have submitted animal data. They have not released those data publicly, although at the June FDA meeting, Pfizer presented preliminary findings in eight mice given BA.4/BA.5 vaccines as their third dose.
Compared with the mice that received the original vaccine as a booster, the animals showed an increased response to all Omicron variants tested: BA.1, BA.2, BA.2.12.1, BA.4, and BA.5.
The companies say clinical trials for the BA.4/BA.5 vaccines will begin next month [i.e. September 2022]; they need clinical data both for full approval of the vaccines — their recent submissions are only for emergency use authorization — and to help develop future updates.
Presumably they will measure recipients’ antibody levels, but not the vaccine’s efficacy against infection or severe disease. Such trials are very expensive and were not done for the BA.1 shot either.”
FDA and CDC Rely on Assumptions, Not Actual Data
A key take-home here is that efficacy against infection and severe disease has NEVER been ascertained. Those trials were not done for the original shot, and won’t be done for the reformulated boosters. Yet the efficacy of these boosters is assumed and declared as having been “proven” based on the original trials.
Talk about a circular argument! It’s just assumptions piled upon assumptions. Yet, based on the antibody response in eight mice alone, the Biden administration has now ordered 171 million doses of the two boosters.
Let’s not forget that the mice actually did get infected with Omicron,8 although we don’t know to what degree, since they haven’t released the data. For all we know, the mice may have had a good antibody response, got sick and then dropped dead.
What’s more, the monovalent Pfizer booster authorized for children aged 5 to 11, back in May 2022, was based on the antibody levels of just 67 children.9 So, when the FDA claims the original human trials were exhaustive and have conclusively proven the shots are both safe and effective, they’re flat out lying.
In addition to apparent fraud being committed, and the fact that they eliminated the placebo groups midway, those human trials won’t even be finalized for another two years or so, as all clinical trials require follow-up.
All we have are preliminary analyses, and FOIA released documents clearly show Pfizer has been less than transparent about adverse effects, as they mislabeled and dismissed almost all of them.
A reanalysis10 of data from the Pfizer and Moderna COVID vaccine trials found that, combined, Pfizer and Moderna mRNA COVID-19 jabs were actually associated with a risk increase of serious adverse events of special interest of 12.5 per 10,000 vaccinated. Meanwhile, the risk reduction for COVID-19 hospitalization was only 2.3 per 10,000 participants for Pfizer and 6.4 per 10,000 for Moderna. So, again, the risk-benefit is crazy lopsided AGAINST the shots.
Repeat Boosting Can Destroy Your Immune Function
Aside from the risk of immediate adverse effects of these experimental gene transfer injections, there’s also the issue of immune destruction through repeat exposure. A number of scientists have warned that repeated injections appear to be breaking down people’s immune systems. As noted by independent journalist Rav Avora:11
“The European Medicines Agency has warned12 against the potential adverse immunological effects of repeated boosting every four months.
As Dr. Marty Makary from Johns Hopkins has noted,13 recent research shows a ‘reduced immune response against the Omicron strain among people previously infected who then received three COVID vaccine doses compared to a control group that previously had COVID and did not have multiple shots.’
It is just impossible to overstate the unconditional absurdity of the FDA and CDC decision. Not only is the booster merely available to the public … but it is recommended by the state for everyone, including children and teenagers — those with least to gain and most to lose.”
Indeed, the population most likely to be mandated to take a bivalent booster are students, and according to a recent risk-benefit analysis,14 which assessed the impact of booster mandates for university students, between 22,000 and 30,000 previously uninfected students (aged 18 to 29) must be boosted to prevent a single COVID-19 hospitalization.
“For each COVID-related hospitalization prevented, a third booster will cause 18 to 98 serious adverse events.”
And, for each COVID-related hospitalization prevented, the booster will cause 18 to 98 serious adverse events, including 1.7 to 3 “booster-associated myocarditis cases in males,” plus another 1,373 to 3,234 cases of “grade ≥3 reactogenicity which interferes with daily activities.”
In short, mandating a third COVID shot for university students will result in a net expected harm of massive proportions, which is completely unethical. Anyone who cannot compute that 18 to 98 serious injuries plus another 3,000+ injuries that are bad enough to interfere with daily living is WORSE than one COVID hospitalization really should not be in a public health position. They belong in a remedial first-grade math class.
Public Health Officials Go Along to Get Along
Sadly, a number of top officials within the FDA, CDC and the National Institutes of Health reportedly have serious concerns about the direction we’re going in, yet are too afraid to speak out or push back, so the death toll keeps mounting. In a July 15, 2022, Substack article, Makary and Dr. Tracy Beth Hoeg shared the following:15
“The calls and text messages are relentless. On the other end are doctors and scientists at the top levels of the NIH, FDA and CDC. They are variously frustrated, exasperated and alarmed about the direction of the agencies to which they have devoted their careers.
‘It’s like a horror movie I’m being forced to watch and I can’t close my eyes,’ one senior FDA official lamented. ‘People are getting bad advice and we can’t say anything.’
That particular FDA doctor was referring to two recent developments inside the agency. First, how, with no solid clinical data, the agency authorized COVID vaccines for infants and toddlers, including those who already had COVID. And second, the fact that just months before, the FDA bypassed their external experts to authorize booster shots for young children …
At the NIH, doctors and scientists complain to us about low morale and lower staffing: The NIH’s Vaccine Research Center has had many of its senior scientists leave over the last year, including the director, deputy director and chief medical officer. ‘They have no leadership right now …’ one NIH scientist told us …
Another CDC scientist told us: ‘I used to be proud to tell people I work at the CDC. Now I’m embarrassed.’ Why are they embarrassed? In short, bad science. The longer answer: that the heads of their agencies are using weak or flawed data to make critically important public health decisions … And that they have a myopic focus on one virus instead of overall health …
An official at the FDA put it this way: ‘I can’t tell you how many people at the FDA have told me, ‘I don’t like any of this, but I just need to make it to my retirement.’”
Even Dr. Paul Offit, one of the most prominent pro-vaccine propagandists in U.S. history and a member of the FDA’s VRBPAC, has the common sense to question the sanity of rolling out untested shots to millions of people. In late August 2022, just two days before the FDA authorized the two bivalent boosters, he told the Wall Street Journal:16
“I’m uncomfortable that we would move forward — that we would give millions or tens of millions of doses to people — based on mouse data.”
Why Is FDA Making Unsubstantiated Claims in Ads?
The FDA is also advertising the COVID shots — and making bizarre unscientific claims in those ads. Here are two recent COVID booster campaign messages tweeted out by the FDA:
“It’s time to install that update! #UpdateYourAntibodies with a new #COVID19 booster.”17 “Don’t be shocked! You can now #RechargeYourImmunity with an updated #COVID19 booster.”18
By law, the FDA should not engage in the advertising of drugs — historically, they’ve never even worked with drug companies to create ads19 — and the agency certainly should not put out false and misleading claims about drugs, as this is illegal. So, why are they doing both? As reported by Tablet magazine:20
“The continuation of unchecked conflicts of interest, and several recent authorizations for uses of new medical products that are in many ways unproven, demonstrate that the FDA is essentially unresponsive to public outrage, culminating in the bizarre spectacle of … promoting bivalent boosters on social media through unsubstantiated claims …
[A]cting not as a neutral regulator but actively advertising on behalf of pharmaceutical companies with government purchase contracts. The FDA’s disregard for its congressional mandate is not unique to this moment — it is a symptom of its decadeslong transformation into an agency captured by the corporations it is tasked with regulating.”
Why Is FDA Ignoring Red Flags?
Tablet magazine also highlights the FDA’s now-consistent disregard for safety issues, even when data clearly point to problems. This includes data showing frequent boosters can weaken immune function, and the fact that Pfizer, in its pediatric trial, actually observed a higher rate of severe COVID in the vaccine group than the placebo group.
The FDA also allowed Pfizer to discount 365 symptomatic cases in the pediatric trial and only count 10 cases that occurred after the third dose. This is how they got to 80% efficacy. In reality, however, the efficacy was negative after doses 1 and 2. As noted by Tablet magazine:21
“In a vaccine meant to prevent illness for an age group that is already at extremely low risk, this data should have been a red flag for the FDA. Why, then, has the body charged with protecting Americans from inadequately tested products been so eager not just to authorize these products for emergency use, but to enthusiastically recommend them?”
Clearly, the fact that 75% of the FDA’s funding comes from the drug industry is one factor that contributes to this corruption. Another is the revolving door between the agency and industry, with officials passing back and forth between the two.
A third factor is the financial conflicts of interest of individual officials. Tablet magazine reviews several examples of VRBPAC members receiving hundreds of thousands and even millions of dollars from drug companies, be it in the form of research grants, speakers’ fees or consulting fees.
Recent Studies Demonstrate Insanity of Continuing Boosters
In closing, at least three new studies demonstrate the insanity of continuing down the path of boosters:
Japanese researchers have found in vitro evidence of antibody dependent enhancement (ADE) following Moderna’s mRNA injection.2223
A preprint study24 posted on bioRxiv in mid-September 2022 found Omicron sublineage BA.2.75.2 is exceptionally good at escaping neutralizing antibodies.On average, this sublineage was neutralized fivefold less potently than BA.5, making it the most resistant variant to date. According to the authors, “These data raise concerns that BA.2.75.2 may effectively evade humoral immunity in the population.”
Another September preprint252627 by Chinese researchers detail how and why SARS-CoV-2 variants are outracing vaccination efforts, and the role played by original antigenic sin.In addition to BA.2.75.2, other variants with impressive immune evading capabilities include BR.1, BJ.1, and BQ.1.1. According to the authors,28 many of the variants now emerging have mutations converging in particular “hotspots” on the receptor binding domain (RBD).They suspect this convergent evolution is linked to humoral immune imprinting, in other words, the phenomenon of original antigenic sin,29 the end result of which is reduced immunity and an increased risk of symptomatic infection.If you’re up for some, at times, complex scientific jargon, check out coauthor Yunlong Richard Cao’s Twitter thread in which he does his best to lay out the findings. Cao explains the convergent RBD evolution as follows:“Due to immune imprinting, BA.5 breakthrough infection caused significant reductions of nAb [neutralizing antibody] epitope diversity and increased proportion of non-neutralizing mAbs [monoclonal antibodies], which in turn concentrated immune pressure and promoted the convergent RBD evolution.”The take-home message here is that this convergent RBD evolution — which is making new variants increasingly capable of evading neutralizing antibodies — is the result of a narrow antibody response.It’s a byproduct of “vaccinating” the world during an active outbreak. The end result is that both natural immunity and the COVID jabs are rendered more or less null and void. If that’s not reason enough to quit this booster madness, I don’t know what is.
Disclaimer: The entire contents of this website are based upon the opinions of Dr. Mercola, unless otherwise noted. Individual articles are based upon the opinions of the respective author, who retains copyright as marked.
The information on this website is not intended to replace a one-on-one relationship with a qualified health care professional and is not intended as medical advice. It is intended as a sharing of knowledge and information from the research and experience of Dr. Mercola and his community. Dr. Mercola encourages you to make your own health care decisions based upon your research and in partnership with a qualified health care professional. The subscription fee being requested is for access to the articles and information posted on this site, and is not being paid for any individual medical advice.
If you are pregnant, nursing, taking medication, or have a medical condition, consult your health care professional before using products based on this content.
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
Executive Order Advances Biotech-Transhumanist Agenda
I predicted this ‘no testing required’ formula would spread beyond COVID shots, and according to the executive order Biden just signed, that’s exactly what’s about to happen.
September 12, 2022, President Biden signed the “Executive Order on Advancing Biotechnology and Biomanufacturing Innovation for a Sustainable, Safe and Secure American Bioeconomy”
Specified in that order is the development of genetic engineering technologies and techniques “to be able to write circuitry for cells and predictably program biology in the same way in which we write software and program computers,” as well as genetic technologies to “unlock the power of biological data” using “computing tools and artificial intelligence”
This executive order establishes a fast-tracked pipeline of mRNA shots and other gene therapies that will further the transhumanist agenda to create augmented humans and bring us into a post-human world
Drug makers have clearly expected this free-for-all as they have loads of mRNA candidates in their pipelines. September 14, 2022, Pfizer initiated a Phase 3 study that will test a quadrivalent mRNA-based flu shot on 25,000 American adults
Moderna began its Phase 3 mRNA flu jab trial in early June 2022. Ultimately, Moderna wants to create an annual mRNA shot that covers all of the top 10 viruses that result in hospitalizations each year
Advertisement
September 12, 2022, President Biden signed the “Executive Order on Advancing Biotechnology and Biomanufacturing Innovation for a Sustainable, Safe and Secure American Bioeconomy.”1
Specified in that order is the development of genetic engineering technologies and techniques “to be able to write circuitry for cells and predictably program biology in the same way in which we write software and program computers,” as well as genetic technologies to “unlock the power of biological data” using “computing tools and artificial intelligence.” Use of Big media to push their hidden agendas:
The technocratic cabal is pushing the world toward global tyranny, and Google is one of the primary supporters, aiders and abettors, of this scheme. Google catches every single move you make online if you’re using a Google-based product. All Google products are interconnected, and the data from all their different products and services are collected to build your personality profile, which is both used to manipulate you, and sold to third parties to be used in whatever way they like Google poses several unique threats to society. It’s a surveillance agency with military connections and covert surveillance powers, it’s a censoring agency with the ability to restrict or block access to websites across the internet, and it has the power to manipulate public opinion Without Google, the technocrats’ dream of a One World Government would likely never happen, as it relies on social engineering and artificial intelligence. Google is a frontrunner and expert in both, and has the ability to control entire populations
Additionally, “obstacles for commercialization” will be reduced “so that innovative technologies and products can reach markets faster.” What we have here is, in a nutshell, the creation of a fast-tracked mRNA pipeline.
When, in June 2022, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration quietly implemented a “Future Framework” scheme2 to deliver reformulated COVID boosters without additional testing, I predicted that this “no testing required” formula would spread beyond COVID shots. And, according to this executive order, that’s exactly what’s about to happen.
In early September 2022, the FDA also put out medically false and misleading COVID booster campaign messages that prove we’ve officially entered the era of transhumanism:
“It’s time to install that update! #UpdateYourAntibodies with a new #COVID19 booster.”3 “Don’t be shocked! You can now #RechargeYourImmunity with an updated #COVID19 booster.”4
Is This the Death Knell to Allopathic Medicine?
Historically, gene therapies have had to jump through extra hoops, which is why so few exist on the market. As of 2021, there were 20 gene therapies commercially available.5 The world’s first gene therapy trial didn’t begin until 1990, so this is still a very new field.
The entire gene therapy field actually collapsed overnight in 1999, when a teenage trial participant died from side effects. An FDA investigation concluded research had moved too fast and that safety “had not been put first.”6 Progress, thanks to increased caution, slowed from there on.
Such caution is now being thrown to the wind, and it’s not difficult to predict there will be disastrous ramifications. Millions will die from poorly tested gene therapies and, eventually, medical research and allopathic medicine will both cease to exist, as survivors vow to have nothing to do with that murderous cabal ever again.
The only way they might be able to keep going is if they are in control of people’s brain function and/or able to force drugs under threat of death, or worse — neither of which is impossible at this point, shockingly enough. In the meantime, we’re looking at a cornucopia of mRNA shots coming our way.
mRNA Flu Shots Are in the Works
Not surprisingly, mRNA flu shots are in the works.7 While we probably won’t see mRNA flu shots during the 2022/2023 winter season, there’s every reason to expect they’ll be rolled out next year.
September 14, 2022, Pfizer initiated a Phase 3 study, which will test a quadrivalent mRNA-based flu shot on 25,000 American adults.8 Pfizer is also exploring mRNA technology that uses self-amplifying RNA (saRNA), for potential use in the future.9
Moderna began its Phase 3 mRNA flu jab trial in early June 2022.10 It’s also working on mRNA shots for respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) and cytomegalovirus (CMV), which is in the herpes family, as well as a SARS-CoV-2-influenza combination shot. Ultimately, Moderna wants to create an annual mRNA shot that covers all of the top 10 viruses that result in hospitalizations each year.11
Its current flu jab candidate, mRNA-1010, encodes for the hemagglutinin (HA) glycoproteins of four different influenza strains, including influenza A/H1N1, A/H3N2, influenza B/Yamagata and B/Victoria. According to Moderna:12
“HA is a major influenza surface glycoprotein that is considered an important target to generate broad protection against influenza and is the primary target of currently available influenza vaccines.”
The Transhumanist Agenda
Over the past three years, I’ve written several articles exploring the transhumanist agenda, which all these mRNA shots and genetic technologies are part and parcel of. Basically, the goal of the transhumanist movement is to transcend biology through technology, and to meld human biology with technology and artificial intelligence.
In September 2020, I posted a video with Dr. Carrie Madej (above), in which she suggested we were standing at the crossroads of transhumanism, thanks to the fast approaching release of mRNA COVID-19 shots.
“One reason why it’s important to know whether synthetic RNA creates permanent changes in the genome is because synthetic genes are patented. If they cause permanent changes, humans will contain patented genes, and that brings up very serious questions, seeing how patents have owners, and owners have patent rights.”
Since these shots are designed to manipulate your biology, they have the potential to also alter the biology of the entire human race. Nearly two years later, we still don’t know the extent to which they might be doing that, yet more fast-tracked and untested gene therapies are on the way.
One reason why it’s important to know for certain whether synthetic RNA ends up creating permanent changes in the genome is because synthetic genes are patented. If they cause permanent changes, humans will contain patented genes, and that brings up very serious questions, seeing how patents have owners, and owners have patent rights.
US Defense Department Aims to Create Human Cyborgs
The hydrogel used to preserve the mRNA can also contain nanobots to create a bioelectric interface capable of connecting to a smartphone or other interface. Novel technologies that measure biological data, such as blood sugar, are based on this. Such technologies will, of course, have immediate ramifications for our privacy.
Who will collect and have access to all this data? Who will be responsible for protecting it? How will it be used? Also, if your cellphone can receive information from your body, what information can your body receive from it, or other sources? Could transmissions affect your mood? Your behavior? Your physical function? Your thoughts or memories?
So far, it doesn’t appear as though the COVID shots have these kinds of capabilities built in, but we do know for a fact that militaries around the world are exploring and working toward such capabilities. In fact, it’s an arms race in its own right.
In his September 14, 2022, Substack article,13 “Human Cyborgs Are Just the Beginning,” Dr. Robert Malone reviewed several of those plans. Certain report titles alone tell the story, such as the U.S. Department of Defense (DOD) Biotechnologies for Health and Human Performance Council’s report,14 “Cyborg Soldier 2050: Human/Machine Fusion and the Implications for the Future of the DOD.” It doesn’t leave a whole lot to the imagination, does it? According to the assessment abstract:
“The primary objective of this effort was to forecast and evaluate the military implications of machines that are physically integrated with the human body to augment and enhance human performance over the next 30 years.
This report summarizes this assessment and findings; identifies four potential military-use cases for new technologies in this area; and assesses their impact upon the DOD organizational structure, warfighter doctrine and tactics, and interoperability with U.S. allies and civil society.”
Human augmentation technologies deemed technically feasible by 2050 at the latest include ocular enhancements to improve sight and situational awareness, optogenetic bodysuit to restore or improve muscular strength and control, auditory enhancements, and neural enhancement of the brain for two-way data transfers and brain-to-brain communication.
Changing What It Means To Be Human
In “The Plan to Turn You Into a Genetically Edited Cyborg,” I covered another shockingly dystopian report by the U.K. Ministry of Defense and the German Bundeswehr Office for Defense Planning, published in May 2021.
That report, “Human Augmentation — The Dawn of a New Paradigm, a Strategic Implications Project,”15 reviews the scientific goals of the U.K. and German defense ministries, and they basically mirror that of the U.S. DOD. On page 12 of the report, the concept of the human body as a platform is described, and how various parts of the human platform can be augmented. For example:
Physical performance such as strength, dexterity, speed and endurance can be enhanced, as well as physical senses. One example given is gene editing for enhanced sight
Psychological performance such as cognition, emotion and motivation can be influenced to activate and direct desired behavior. Examples of cognitive augmentation include improving memory, attention, alertness, creativity, understanding, decision-making, intelligence and vigilance
Social performance — “The ability to perceive oneself as part of a group and the readiness to act as part of the team” — can be influenced. Communication skills, collaboration and trust are also included here
They list several different ways to influence the physical, psychological and social performance of the “human platform,” including genetics (germ line and somatic modification), synthetic biology, invasive (internal) and noninvasive (external) brain interfaces, passive and powered exoskeletons, drugs and nano technology, neurostimulation, augmented reality technologies such as external holograms or glasses with built-in artificial intelligence, and sensory augmentation technologies such as external sensors or implants.
As noted in this report, “Human augmentation has the potential to … change the meaning of what it means to be a human.” This is precisely what Klaus Schwab, founder and executive chairman of the World Economic Forum (WEF), has stated is the goal of The Fourth Industrial Revolution.16
WEF has been at the center of global affairs for more than 40 years, and if you take the time to dive into WEF’s Fourth Industrial Revolution material, you realize that it’s all about transhumanism. It’s about the merger of man and machine.
Digital prison and Echo chambers.
This is a dystopian future that WEF and its global allies are actively trying to implement, whether humanity at large agrees with it or not. Importantly, the “Human Augmentation” report readily admits that human augmentation can “directly enhance behavior.”
And, if you think these reports are just brain fodder for geeks in uniforms, think again. The U.K. Defense and Security Accelerator (DASA) is currently, right now, accepting proposals for human augmentation technologies such as those listed above.17 Grants of 70,000 euros ($74,000), will be given to proposals that can provide proof of concept.
We’re Already Being Programmed to Accept Transhumanism
Both the DOD’s “Cyborg Soldier” report and the British/German “Human Augmentation” reports discuss the fact that human augmentation will inevitably widen already existing disparities, inequalities and inequities, and therefore, “efforts should be undertaken to reverse negative cultural narratives of enhancement technologies.”18
In other words, don’t let people come to the conclusion that human cyborgs are a bad idea, because at worst that might prevent their development, and at best, it’ll pitch regular people against the augmented elite, making their efforts to rule the plebs more difficult.
As noted by Malone, “Once again, we are being played before we even know what the playing field looks like.”19
Disturbingly, considering how nontransparent governments have been so far, it’s not inconceivable that technologies capable of influencing thoughts and behaviors would be used on populations without informing anyone, which makes the list of potential risks one takes with each new mRNA injection even longer than it already is.
But we don’t need to be genetically reengineered or have nanobots introduced into our brains to be at risk of outside manipulation. That’s already happening through noninvasive means.
Control Capabilities Go Far Beyond Orwell’s ‘1984’ Vision
In a November 2019 interview with CNN,20 history professor Yuval Noah Harari, a Klaus Schwab disciple, stated that humans are already “hackable,” meaning the technology exists by which a company or government can know you better than you know yourself, and this knowledge can be used for both good and ill.
According to Harari, the available capabilities already go far beyond Orwell’s “1984” authoritarian vision, and it’s only going to become more powerful from here.
He predicted that algorithms will increasingly be used to make decisions that historically have been made by humans, either yourself or someone else, including whether or not you’ll be hired for a particular job, whether you’ll be granted a loan, what scholastic curriculum you will follow and even whom you will marry.
To learn more about the larger issues of transhumanism and the race to merge man with machine and artificial intelligence, check out the Truth stream Media video below.
For example, there are even ongoing attempts to upload the human mind into the cloud, ultimately creating a form of “digital hive mind” where everyone communicates via “Wi-Fi telepathy.” This, despite the fact we still do not fully understand what “the mind” actually is, or where it’s located.
Final Thoughts.
I don’t know what it will take to prevent the dystopian post-human world envisioned by Schwab and his technocratic minions, but I suspect education would be a cornerstone of such an endeavor. In order for there to be a resistance, enough people need to be aware of what the plan is, and where we’re actually being led with all these novel therapies and inventions.
In the shorter term, it’s crucial to realize that the fast-tracking of “genetic engineering technologies and techniques to be able to write circuitry for cells and predictably program biology in the same way in which we write software and program computers” means they’re going to cut corners. Loads of them.
Testing is basically going to be done on the population at large, just as they’ve done with the COVID jabs. The results of such experimentation are relatively predictable. People will be seriously injured and many will die. So, think long and hard before you agree to take any of these forthcoming gene therapies.
Access this content 48 hours faster by subscribing to the FREE Mercola Health Newsletter today.
Disclaimer: The entire contents of this website are based upon the opinions of Dr. Mercola, unless otherwise noted. Individual articles are based upon the opinions of the respective author, who retains copyright as marked.
The information on this website is not intended to replace a one-on-one relationship with a qualified health care professional and is not intended as medical advice. It is intended as a sharing of knowledge and information from the research and experience of Dr. Mercola and his community. Dr. Mercola encourages you to make your own health care decisions based upon your research and in partnership with a qualified health care professional. The subscription fee being requested is for access to the articles and information posted on this site, and is not being paid for any individual medical advice.
If you are pregnant, nursing, taking medication, or have a medical condition, consult your health care professional before using products based on this content.
Ditch Google and Gmail Before It’s Too Late
Google isn’t just censoring information via its search engine – while about 50% of our subscribers are using Gmail accounts, the delivery rate is HALF of email providers like this one.
Many understand that Google is filtering and massively censoring information through its search engine, but it also has the power to censor in other areas, including your personal email if you’re using Gmail
The technocratic cabal is pushing the world toward global tyranny, and Google is one of the primary supporters, aiders and abettors, of this scheme
Google catches every single move you make online if you’re using a Google-based product. All Google products are interconnected, and the data from all their different products and services are collected to build your personality profile, which is both used to manipulate you, and sold to third parties to be used in whatever way they like.
Google poses several unique threats to society. It’s a surveillance agency with military connections and covert surveillance powers, it’s a censoring agency with the ability to restrict or block access to websites across the internet, and it has the power to manipulate public opinion
Without Google, the technocrats’ dream of a One World Government would likely never happen, as it relies on social engineering and artificial intelligence. Google is a frontrunner and expert in both, and has the ability to control entire populations
Advertisement
The fact that half of all people in the U.S. and around the world are still using Gmail as their primary email service is a testament to the fact that many still do not understand just how dangerous Google actually is, not just to their immediate privacy but also to their future freedom.
Many understand that Google is filtering and massively censoring information through its search engine. As you may recall, in June 2019, Google buried Mercola.com in its search engine update (see video above). They changed the algorithm such that whenever you entered a health-related search word into Google, our articles were filtered out.
But Google also has the power to censor in other areas, including your personal email if you’re using Gmail. As previously reported by Gawker,1 “Every word of every email sent through Gmail and every click made on a Chrome browser is permanently recorded by the company.”
Google Censors Your Gmail Inbox
Google’s interference in your life is only going to increase, and if you’re still using Gmail, why? You’re exchanging convenience and cost for your privacy and you are getting the short end of the stick. Just imagine how your emails might be used to rank you in a Google-run social credit system, for example. Few of us are “pure as snow,” but that isn’t even the issue. The issue is that ANY view or opinion can and will be used against you. The last three years have certainly taught us that.
Equally concerning is the fact that Google can censor your email, and we have evidence that this is happening. While about 50% of our subscribers are using Gmail accounts, the delivery rate for Gmail accounts is HALF of all the email providers like ProtonMail — far lower than any other email service.
So, if you are using Gmail to receive our newsletter please change immediately. If you’re using Gmail, understand that they’re censoring your inbox, and you might not even realize it. I am certain that at some point in the not too distant future they will censor delivering ANY of our emails to Gmail accounts. It is just another clever censoring strategy they have.
Why would you want to use a service that censors information that you specifically opted into and want to receive? Aside from this newsletter, what else are they preventing you from receiving? If you’re a subscriber, I strongly urge you to re-sign up with another email account — and cancel your Gmail altogether.
ProtonMail is an excellent alternative. It provides end-to-end encryption to protect your content and other user data. Proton also provides an encrypted calendar, encrypted cloud storage and free VPN.
Google — The Largest, Most Dangerous Monopoly in the World
The technocratic cabal is pushing the world toward global tyranny, and Google is one of the primary supporters, aiders and abettors, of this scheme. Indeed, without Google, the dream of a One World Government would likely never happen, as it relies on social engineering and artificial intelligence. Google is a frontrunner and expert in both, and controls entire populations in ways we don’t even fully understand.
Over time, Google has positioned itself in such a way that it’s become deeply embedded in your day-to-day life. Every minute of every day, it’s collecting data on everything you do, everywhere you go, everything you share, question and believe.
Google catches every single move you make online if you’re using a Google-based product, be it their search engine, Google Docs, Google Wallet, Gmail, Chrome browser, Google Photos, Android Auto, Android TV, Gboard, Google Alerts, Connected Home, Chromebook, YouTube — the list goes on.2
All Google products are interconnected, and the data from all their different products and services are collected to build your personality profile. That profile is then sold to third parties. It’s also used by Google to influence your thoughts, beliefs and behaviors using AI analytics.
Google is actually the world’s leading AI company, having purchased Deep Mind for $500 million in 2014.3 The Deep Mind AI defeated the human Go champion in 2019,4 a game far more complex than chess. With this level of AI, it is not hard for them to sort through all your data with their deep learning algorithms and find patterns to exploit.
The 2013 article, “What Surveillance Valley Knows About You,”5 is an eye-opening read that describes just how grossly invasive this data collection and distribution is, and how dangerous it can be if you end up on certain lists sold to third parties. Make no mistake, capturing user data is Google’s primary business.6 YOU are the real product being sold.
How Google Threatens Society
Google poses several unique threats to society, including but not limited to the following:
Google is a surveillance agency with military connections7 and covert surveillance powers — All Google products are surveillance platforms, and from Google’s perspective, the value of these platforms is their ability to glean very precise data about you as an individual, such as your habits, thoughts, beliefs, likes and dislikes, health problems, and much more.One covert surveillance function is Google Analytics, which websites can use for free. You, however, pay for it with your personal data, which is what Google sells to third parties. Collectively, sites that use Google Analytics — and most are — steal an enormous amount of your private information, as it tracks everything you do on a website equipped with it.You have no way of knowing whether a website uses Google Analytics, though, so the surveillance occurs “in the dark,” as it were.
Google is a censoring agency with the ability to restrict or block access to websites across the internet — The most crushing problem with this kind of internet censorship is that you don’t know what you don’t know.If a certain type of information is removed from search, and you don’t know it should exist somewhere, you’ll never go looking for it. And, when searching for information online, how would you know that certain websites or pages have been removed from the search results in the first place? The answer is, you don’t.Google has also taken it upon itself to be an arbiter of “fake news,” censoring information according to its own criteria of what is true or false. Needless to say, this also makes it really easy for Google to censor information that isn’t in its own best interest.8As just one example, in 2017, Julian Assange revealed how YouTube was censoring former congressman Ron Paul — for promoting peace!9 As noted by Activist Post:10“What we are witnessing … is a move to silence the peaceful opposition … [T]his crackdown is also coinciding with a massive push by the mainstream media to stoke divide among the people … to create an atmosphere so divided that people never look up at who’s controlling them.”
Google has the power to manipulate public opinion — Simply by tweaking the search rankings, Google can manipulate people’s opinions on a given topic.According to Robert Epstein, Ph.D., who has spent years exposing Google’s manipulative and deceptive practices as a senior research psychologist for the American Institute of Behavioral Research and Technology, Google has the ability to shift voting preferences among undecided voters by as much as 63%, and the power to determine 25% of global elections — all without leaving a trace.This power to manipulate public opinion and an individual’s behavior is what makes it such an effective social engineering tool.
Google Is a Key Player in the Coming Social Credit System
All of these powers combined — the ability to surveil and track every conceivable metric, censor and block access to information, and the ability to manipulate opinions — also makes Google an invaluable resource for the planned social credit system.
As reported by Fast Company,11 China’s social credit system is not unique. “A parallel system is developing in the United States, in part as the result of Silicon Valley and technology-industry user policies, and in part by surveillance of social media activity by private companies,” Fast Company writes.
For example, life insurance companies are already using content shared on social media to determine your premium. PatronScan is another example. These devices are used by restaurants to identify fake IDs and undesirable customers, people who have previously been kicked out of an establishment for one reason or another.
The list is shared among PatronScan customers, so getting banned in one bar or restaurant effectively bans you from all bars and restaurants in the U.S., Canada and U.K. for up to one year. Additional examples of the creeping social credit system can be found in the original Fast Company article.12
Google Is Everywhere
Another reason to assume that Google’s continued success is crucial in the technocrats’ quest to control the world population and impose global totalitarianism is the fact that it has already infiltrated most areas of daily life. For example, Google is involved in the following areas, and this is far from a complete list. Needless to say, personal data is also harvested from each and every one of these areas.
Childhood education — Many schools no longer use print books. Instead, all classwork is done on tablets or computers equipped with Google-based software such as Google Classroom, Google Docs and Gmail.13 Google Chromebooks (Google-powered laptops) became even more prevalent during the COVID lockdowns. Basically, no child could continue their education without one.As reported by Wired,14 high school students are now being spied upon by GoGuardian, yet another Google surveillance tool that allows teachers to see each student’s screen and use AI to scan student emails and other documents. An alert is sent out to teachers and police if signs of violence or mental health problems are detected.Once the children are out of school, they’re then encouraged to convert their school accounts to personal accounts, a move that allows Google to build incredibly powerful personality and marketing profiles of each individual from a very early age.
Health care — Google Health is involved in medical research and the expansion of AI in medicine,15 while its Google Cloud Healthcare Data Engine allows “health care and life sciences leaders to make decisions from disjointed health care data.”16 Google also owns Fitbit, which gives it access to all of your physical fitness data. They’re also working on portable medical diagnostics.17
Drug promotion — For example, in 2017, Google partnered with the National Alliance on Mental Illness and launched a depression self-assessment quiz — a test that funneled all respondents toward a drug solution.1819Since then, Google and other tech companies have only gotten deeper and wider access to people’s personal medical information, and Google sells this data to third parties, which can result in higher insurance premiums or denial of employment.
Genomics — Google is also a leader in the collecting of genetic data (which they’re adding to their user profiles) and the development of genetic technologies. As reported on the Google Blog:20“At Google Health, we’re applying our technology and expertise to the field of genomics. Here are recent research and industry developments we’ve made to help quickly identify genetic disease and foster the equity of genomic tests across ancestries. This includes an exciting new partnership with Pacific Biosciences to further advance genomic technologies in research and the clinic.”On that list of developments are: “Helping identify life-threatening disease,” “applying machine learning to maximize the potential in sequencing data,” and “supporting more equitable genomics resources and methods.”
The food industry — Google is also deeply embedded in the food industry with data management and AI services, and is ubiquitous in the restaurant space.21
Home security — Google recently bought part of ADT and is partnering with the home security giant for a variety of services.22 So, your ADT service will no longer be about home security, but rather more home surveillance.
Artificial intelligence — According to Google’s dedicated AI site,23 “Our mission is to organize the world’s information and … [solve] problems for our users, our customers and the world … AI … [is] providing us with new ways of looking at old problems and helping transform how we work and live, and we think the biggest impact will come when everyone can access it.”Ultimately, the goal is to create self-learning AIs capable of imitating human thought processes. There are even proposals suggesting AI-enabled analytics systems could be used for “predictive policing” as illustrated in the 2002 movie “Minority Report,” where suspected perpetrators are arrested before a crime is actually committed.A January 2020 article24 in The Intercept cited a 2018 document25 by the data storage firm Western Digital and the consulting company Accenture, “Value of Data: Seeing What Matters — A New Paradigm for Public Safety Powered by Responsible AI,” which predicts smart surveillance networks may be deployed “across three tiers of maturity.”The first tier is where we’re at now, where law enforcement uses CCTV networks to investigate crimes after they’ve already occurred.At the second-tier level, predicted to be in place by 2025, municipalities will be transformed into fully connected smart cities where the cameras of businesses and public institutions are all plugged into a government-run AI-enabled analytics system. The third tier, predicted by 2035, will have predictive capabilities. As reported by The Intercept:26“A ‘public safety ecosystem’ will centralize data ‘pulled from disparate databases such as social media, driver’s licenses, police databases, and dark data.’ An AI-enabled analytics unit will let police assess ‘anomalies in real time and interrupt a crime before it is committed.’ That is to say, to catch pre-crime.”Mind you, Google claimed to have the ability to read your thoughts an entire decade ago. In 2010, Google CEO Eric Schmidt boasted, “We know where you are. We know where you’ve been. We can more or less know what you’re thinking about.”27Fast-forward 10 years, and Google’s mind-reading capabilities have exponentially grown and been perfected to the point that their AI can predict the exact moment when a teenager is feeling insecure, lonely or vulnerable, so an advertisement for an image-boosting product can be placed in front of them on the screen in that moment.This and many other terrifying capabilities are detailed in the book, “The Age of Surveillance Capitalism: The Fight for a Human Future at the New Frontier of Power,” written by social psychologist and Harvard professor Shoshana Zuboff.
Monopolies Threaten Democracy and Basic Liberties
Unfortunately, many still fail to see the problem Google presents. Its services are useful and practical, making life easier in many ways and more fun in others. That’s the bait, and many have swallowed it hook, line and sinker, not giving any thought to the ultimate price paid for such conveniences, or simply underestimating the threat that all of this personal data collection poses.
If you fall into this category, I ask you to give this issue some serious thought, because monopolies threaten our very way of life, and in more ways than one. As explained by business journalist and former director of Open Markets, Barry Lynn:28
“[M]onopolies are a threat to our democracy and to our basic liberties and to our communities. Monopolization, this concentration of wealth and power, is a threat to everything that is America …
America today has a monopoly problem. We’re seeing basically a second wave of consolidation and monopolization because of the digital revolution … The first issue is consumer protection and potential consumer harm. We created antitrust laws originally to protect our liberties, often as producers of stuff … My liberty to bring my wheat, my ideas, the product of my labor to market. That’s liberty.
The second purpose was to protect our democracy against huge concentrations of wealth and power. To protect our democratic institutions. And the third purpose [was] to protect your community. If I’m living out in Peoria, do I want the city of Peoria to be run by a couple corporations based on Wall Street, or do I want it to be run by the citizens of Peoria?”
Google Is Paving the Way to Hell on Earth
Alphabet, the rebranded parent company that houses Google and its various divisions, has turned into an octopus-like super entity with tentacles reaching into government, food production, health care, education, military applications and the creation of AIs that may run more or less independently.
A key component of many of these enterprises is data — your personal usage data; the tracking of every webpage you’ve ever visited and every single thought you’ve ever written on a Google-enabled device, along with geo tracking tracing your every move.
“Today, being a conscious consumer includes making wise, informed decisions about technology. Google is by far the greatest personal data leak in your life, so boycotting all things Google can go a long way toward safeguarding your privacy and thwarting the technocrats’ wicked plans for our digital imprisonment. It’s time to realize that privacy equals freedom. In today’s technology-driven landscape, you cannot be free unless you have privacy.”
Ultimately, what can be done with that kind of information, besides personalized advertising? How might it be used in combination with military AI-equipped robots? How might it be used to influence your health care decisions? How might it be used to influence your lifestyle decisions? How might (or is) it used to shape politics and society at large?
Today, being a conscious consumer includes making wise, informed decisions about technology. Anyone who has spent even a small amount of time pondering the ramifications of Google’s ever-growing monopoly over our day-to-day lives is likely to shudder at the possibilities and agree that we cannot allow this to continue. Google is by far the greatest personal data leak in your life, so boycotting all things Google can go a long way toward safeguarding your privacy.
Additionally, remember, the technocratic elite NEED your data in order to create a digital open-air prison. AI can’t operate without it, and without AI, the social engineering attempt falls apart. Google is the primary data harvester out there, so, the easiest way to thwart their wicked plans is to STOP feeding them data.
How to Oust Google From Your Life
Truly, it’s time to realize that privacy equals freedom. In today’s technology-driven landscape, you cannot be free unless you have privacy. The two go hand in hand. So, don’t delay. Start taking back your privacy and your freedom today by ditching any and all Google products, starting with Gmail.
Several of the most commonly-used Google traps are listed in the graphic below. In addition to those suggestions, here are a few more:
If you’re a high school student, do not convert the Google accounts you created as a student into personal accounts.
Switch to a secure document sharing service — Ditch Google Docs and use another alternative such as Zoho Office, Etherpad, CryptPad, OnlyOffice or Nuclino, all of which are recommended by NordVPN.29 Digital Trends has also published a number of alternatives.30
Delete all Google apps from your phone and purge Google hardware.
Avoid websites that use Google Analytics — To do that, you’ll need to check the website’s privacy policy and search for “Google.” Websites are required to disclose if they use a third-party surveillance tool. If they use Google Analytics, ask them to switch!
Don’t use Google Home devices in your house or apartment — These devices record everything that occurs in your home, both speech and sounds such as brushing your teeth and boiling water, even when they appear to be inactive, and send that information back to Google. The same goes for Google’s home thermostat Nest and Amazon’s Alexa.
Don’t use an Android cellphone, as it’s owned by Google.
Ditch Siri, which draws all its answers from Google.
Don’t use Fitbit, as it was recently purchased by Google and will provide them with all your physiological information and activity levels, in addition to everything else that Google already has on you.
Stop using Gmail — Use a privacy based encryption service like Proton Mail.
Stop using the Chrome browser and Google Search, Brave is the overwhelming browser of choice and while you are there you can use the new Brave search engine.
Disclaimer: The entire contents of this website are based upon the opinions of Dr. Mercola, unless otherwise noted. Individual articles are based upon the opinions of the respective author, who retains copyright as marked.
The information on this website is not intended to replace a one-on-one relationship with a qualified health care professional and is not intended as medical advice. It is intended as a sharing of knowledge and information from the research and experience of Dr. Mercola and his community. Dr. Mercola encourages you to make your own health care decisions based upon your research and in partnership with a qualified health care professional. The subscription fee being requested is for access to the articles and information posted on this site, and is not being paid for any individual medical advice.
If you are pregnant, nursing, taking medication, or have a medical condition, consult your health care professional before using products based on this content.
Subscribe to Dr. Mercola’s Censored Library (Private Membership)
By Dr. Joseph Mercola · Tens of thousands of paid subscribers
Join the private membership of Dr. Mercola’s Censored Library today to begin accessing must-read information you won’t find anywhere else.
Marburg Virus another well prepared plan.
“Who are these globalist elites who wish to raise the din of chaos, dissension and racism to symphonic levels around the globe? Why do they want nations disarmed? Why do they believe that the only solution to mankind’s woes is to systematically kill off 2/3 of the world’s population by any means necessary? Why would they enlist the help of turncoat senators, entertainers, world leaders, captains of industry, and even sports figures to help accomplish their heinous deeds? Why would they intentionally and openly attack nations around the world, including America, our constitution, our religion, capitalism, our families and liberty itself?
Well, these individuals are powerful, mega-wealthy men and women who will do anything to accomplish one thing and one thing only, and that is, as they have said for decades, reduce the “surplus population of the Earth.” But why? Simple, they truly believe that the woes and pangs of distress experienced in the world today stem from one thing, and one thing only. Over-population. *Less than 10% of the earth’s surface is populated.
Prince Phillip, Duke of Edinburgh, said this. “If I were reincarnated, I would wish to be returned to Earth as a killer virus to lower human population levels.” By the way, it may interest you to know that Prince Phillip proclaimed himself, “the finance secretary” for his “globalist associates and fellow advocates involved in the spiritual and physical cleansing of our planet.”
Henry Kissinger, another “blood brother” to Prince Phillip, said, “Who controls the food supply, controls the people. Who controls energy can control whole continents. Who controls the money can control the world.” And guess what? These two men are a part of the organization that do control the world’s food supply, the energy and the money.
David Rockefeller, another professed member of the “elite class of globalists” said, “The negative impact of population growth on all of our planetary ecosystems is becoming appallingly evident.”
From David Rockefeller’s own book, ‘David Rockefeller- His Memoirs’, Page 405: “Some people believe that we Rockefellers are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure. One world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty and proud of it.”
So, they admit to being in a global group, working to dismantle U.S. sovereignty, and install a one world government in which the money, the power and the food supply are controlled by a self-appointed few.
Here are the main players.
Lord Jacob de Rothschild. Nathaniel Rothschild. Baron John de Rothschild. Sir Evelyn de Rothschild. David Rockefeller. Nathan Warburg. Henry Kissinger. George Soros. Paul Volcker. Larry Summers. Lloyd Blankfein. Ben Shalom.
By the way, when the Federal Reserve was privatized and these men backed it financially. All notes, payments and loans due the Reserve are revenue to be utilized at the behest of the financiers named above. So, in a nut shell, they control the financial health of America.
So, this is just a small portion of the outward operations of these globalists. As you can see, the words, ‘global’, ‘globalism’ and ‘globalist’ have numerous meanings and their applications may apply to not only individuals, but corporations and nations as well.
Many suspect that rogue virus’s in the form of influenza and transmittable animal diseases will become the globalist’s primary weapon against their ‘over-population dilema like West Nile Virus.
-Dr LEE Jong-wook- Former Director-General of the World Health Organization (WHO), died suddenly on 22 May 2006, two years before the end of his five-year term.
* It certainly appears that Ebola and H1N1 were globalist weapons that failed to become a pandemic concern and missed their target of eliminating millions from the face of the earth. President Obama said, during the Ebola scare, that “millions could conceivably die from the Ebola virus. Obama, himself a foot soldier for the globalist elites, even brought Ebola patients from Africa into the US!
Now the Human Corona Virus is attacking untold numbers of people in China, and it is spreading like a wildfire. Is there a connection? It could very well be. If you look at China’s biochemical labs, their ‘excessive population’ and their greed for money, the connection between them and the globalist movement seems obvious.
[DAVOS ELITE: Plan to “Fundamentally Change the Way Food Is Produced and Consumed”]
[The New World Order] cannot happen without U.S. participation, as we are the most significant single component. Yes, there will be a New World Order, and it will force the United States to change its perceptions. — Henry Kissinger, World Affairs Council Press Conference, Regent Beverly Wilshire Hotel, April 19th 1994
David Rockefeller is the most conspicuous representative today of the ruling class, a multinational fraternity of men who shape the global economy and manage the flow of its capital. Rockefeller was born to it, and he has made the most of it. But what some critics see as a vast international conspiracy, he considers a circumstance of life and just another day’s work… In the world of David Rockefeller it’s hard to tell where business ends and politics begins. — Bill Moyers
We know in the not too distant future, a half dozen corporations are going to control the media. We took this step (merger) to ensure we were one of them. — Time Warner spokesperson
We shall have World Government, whether or not we like it. The only question is whether World Government will be achieved by conquest or consent. — Statement made before the United States Senate on Feb. 7, 1950 by James Paul Warburg
All of us will ultimately be judged on the effort we have contributed to building a NEW WORLD ORDER. — Robert Kennedy, former U.S. Attorney-General, 1967
The real rulers in Washington are invisible and exercise their power from behind the scenes. — Justice Felix Frankfurter, U.S. Supreme Court
I am concerned for the security of our great nation; not so much because of any threat from without, but because of the insidious forces working from within. — General Douglas MacArthur
For some time I have been disturbed by the way the CIA has been diverted from its original assignment. It has become an operational and at times a policy making arm of the government. — President Harry Truman
The real truth of the matter is, as you and I know, that a financial element in the large centers has owned the government of the U.S. since the days of Andrew Jackson. — U.S. President Franklin D. Roosevelt in a letter written Nov. 21, 1933 to Colonel E. Mandell House
The real menace of our Republic is the invisible government which like a giant octopus sprawls its slimy legs over our cities, states and nation. — Mayor (1918-1925) John F. Hylan of New York
We are on the verge of a global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order. — David Rockefeller, NWO Banker
We have before us the opportunity to forge, for ourselves and for future generations, a New World Order. A world where the rule of law, not the law of the jungle, rules all nations. When we are successful–and we will be–we have a real chance at this New World Order. An order in which a credible United Nations can use its peacekeeping forces to fulfill the promise and vision of its founders. — George H.W. Bush, March 21, 1991
We are not going to achieve a new world order without paying for it in blood as well as in words and money. — Arthur M. Schlesinger, Jr., historian, special assistant to John F. Kennedy
Countless people will hate the new world order and will die protesting against it. — H.G. Wells, The New World Order, 1939
If the New World Order agenda is not realized by the terrorist attacks on America and if Americans don’t agree to give up their weapons and relinquish their sovereignty to the New World Order, the next attack will be the use of chemical, biological and/or atomic warfare against the American people. The architects of the New World Order will not hesitate to use as a last resort an atomic or hydrogen bomb in a major American city. — Reference Op Ed page of the New York Times 9/24/01
We’ll know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American public believes is false. — Former CIA Director William Casey (during an early February 1981 meeting of the newly elected President Reagan at the White House)
Fundamental Bible-believing people do not have the right to indoctrinate their children in their religious beliefs because we, the state, are preparing them for the year 2000, when America will be part of a one-world global society and their children will not fit in. — Nebraska State Senator Peter Hoagland, speaking on radio in 1983
And there was war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels, And prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven. And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him. And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night. And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death. Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time. ~ Revelation 12:7-12
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
Greetings star seeds we have a remarkable tale to tell today one that transcends the bounds of conventional wisdom.
For those who are prepared to broaden their Horizons and accept a more profound reality about our history this is the authentic account of Humanity’s Beginnings.
The sage Celestial beings known as Pleiadeans frequently impart insightful tales that arouse greater Consciousness. Let’s take you on a historical Voyage tonight to discover the little known tale of earth and its first settlers the true tale which is not included in textbooks or conventional teachings is distinct from the version of history that most people are familiar with.
The sage come to Earth in part to share this greater reality it’s acceptable to take your time because this communication is full with old knowledge let the light of this understanding fully integrate by pausing thinking and returning turning to this message as frequently as necessary make notes and have an open mind because what you’re about to hear might change your perspective on everything.
There were great and highly developed civilizations on Earth long before history was written despite the fact that many of these creatures resembled humans The Twist is that they weren’t created on Earth every culture’s.
Knowledge Keepers tell the same tale their forefathers were drawn from the heavens and Advanced creatures from Five D star countries traveled to Earth millions of years ago these were the pre-adamites the original Star seeds they included the great civilizations of Atlantis and Lemuria which were inhabited by creatures from the Lyra star system and the pleades.
These early space visitors were terraforms as well as explorers by bringing Advanced humanoid ancestors of Neanderthals and Homo erectus.
They readied Earth for Life modern humans or Homo sapiens are the result of the anunaki later genetic enhancement of these primitive creatures.
The Anunnaki were a humanlike fifth-dimensional species with a amazing technological and knowledge capabilities some of these creatures who came from the Syria star system landed on Nibiru a renegade planet that traveled through our solar system in a lengthy orbit faction members of the anunaki visited Earth 445,000 years ago in search of valuable materials such as monatomic gold.
Why gold this element was part of the High Council of nibiru’s effort to fix the atmosphere on their Planet they might make a metallic barrier to screen their house from the sun’s strong Heat by grinding monatomic gold into a fine powder interestingly the Anunnaki were exceptionally sophisticated and adaptable due to their unusual genetic combination of human and reptile traits however their impact on Earth extended well beyond the exploitation of Natural Resources they were essential to the evolution of modern human civilization.
From their looks to their longevity the Anoni were exceptional in every aspect not just their technical prowess imagine creatures who are incredibly beautiful to look at taller than people and stronger than anybody else their profound knowledge of biology allowed these space travelers to survive for tens of thousands of years.
Their DNA’s telr which are protective caps at the ends of chromosomes never degraded like those of humans because of this their cells were able to divide indefinitely; maintaining their youth eating the bread of life which were cakes made from white monatomic gold powder and drinking the wine of Life which was infused with anunaki stem cells further increased their longevity more than just a resource this material monatomic gold was essential to their spiritual and physical development to preserve their pure lineage.
The Anunnaki married inside their Royal Dynasty the anunaki were strong and intelligent yet they also had flawed characters they possessed a strict social structure large Egos and domineering characteristics because they believed that they were Gods with the right to rule.
These creatures frequently fought with one another which resulted in Fierce rivalries and even Wars on Earth. The royal family headed by the Dynasty’s father King Anu is Central to their tale enlil and Ani his two sons were instrumental in forming Earth’s history these beings The Shining ones who descended from Heaven to Earth. The subject of the legends about Gods wandering among people exercising extraordinary abilities and determining the course of civilizations. The anunaki maintained exacting records They used clay and stone tablets to record everything that happened during their time on Earth. These records provide a remarkable view into Earth’s Antiquity spanning hundreds of millions of years unfortunately after the devastating flood that occurred some 12,000 years ago a large portion of this old wisdom was buried beneath sedimentary layers in contemporary times. Logically tens of thousands of these tablets have been discovered even still very little of it has been translated and many of the interpretations are inaccurate or lacking details. The story revealed by the anunaki tablets is intriguing it resolves longstanding riddles and even contradicts accepted historical accounts these documents for instance recount the Anunnaki initial Interstellar Voyage from Nibiru including their travel through the inner planets the hammered bracelet of asteroid belts and their landing on Earth. It is astounding how much detail there is the tablets make reference to sophisticated communication systems LCD like displays and navigational computers that enabled the Anunnaki to transmit messages back to Nibiru in order to provide a secure route across the asteroid belt.
Their starships were even outfitted with nuclear weapons these discoveries serve as a reminder that our history is far more nuanced and Rich than we have been taught. The Anunnaki left behind a legacy hat continues to arouse awe and Intrigue because they were more than simply ancient tourists they were the Builders of History.
What relevance do these old documents have for modern mankind then they suggest a fundamental connection between our species and the Stars one that pushes es us to consider our Origins and identity more thoroughly. Let’s travel back in time to the beginning of the most intriguing mysteries on earth a person by the name of alalu was the first anunaki visitor from Nibiru alalu crashed onto one of Earth’s enormous oceans close to what is now Mesopotamia while aboard a spaceship traveling through space this area was referred to be Eden.
The anun alalo emerged from his vehicle and entered the alien world with cutting-edge equipment including a suit for atmospheric and water protection and a breathing helmet shaped like an eagle’s Beak. He looked about alone on this alien world yet there were no humanlike creatures although it was a desolate and unexplored World it had potential.
alalu used Advanced devices to examine Earth’s water and air and found that they were suitable for life then came the momentous Revelation that the anunaki valued gold a resource abundant on Earth after reporting back to Nibiru with his exciting discoveries.
Interplanetary exploration got underway the nibirian council promptly put together a reconnaissance mission to confirm the planet’s riches when alalo was discovered another important player enki also known as EA was there this time in barely six days after their arrival.
The scout team established the first anunaki Village on Earth using their cutting-edge technology this community called arido meaning home in the far away was a verdant Paradise located in southern Mesopotamia in present day.
Iraq it became the first Metropolis of the Anunnaki and is currently considered the oldest city on earth when the labor was finished on the seventh day the anunaki rested and gazed over their creation does that sound familiar the fact that this story is reminiscent of stories from religious and ancient sources is no accident. Eidu was only the start the anunaki eventually developed their activities into a full-fledged Earth mission complete with mining sites space ports and even a way station on Mars. Their existence on Earth was anchored by these colossal cities and Mining hubs the anunaki were experts in science engineering and the Arts in addition to being explorers they were knowledgeable about physics chemistry astronomy Agriculture and even what some may refer to as magic.
They employed cutting-edge technology known as Mees and tablets of Destinies which are gadgets that resemble contemporary Quantum databases and computers they were able to precisely plan and carry out their big undertakings thanks to these instruments.
The powers of the anunaki were astounding in terms of building they brought considerably more tools and machines than we could have ever imagined they could create mountains with laser-like accuracy and no trash. If they used Crystal beams and diamond cutting tools they used ultrasonic anti-gravity technology to easily quarrel cut and carry massive pieces of stone while some of their instruments were capable of softening Stone.
Others were able to sculpt liquid Stone into precise forms megalithic constructions could be lifted and positioned with Unthinkable speed and accuracy because to their technology by building cities that were architectural and Engineering wonders.
These ancient Lords transformed the planet through their mining Empire many of these buildings are still enigmatic today resisting interpretation using standard archaeological techniques they established the framework for human civilization which went beyond simple physical foundations their technological and scientific prowess raises questions about what we believe to be true and suggests a lost period of Earth’s history?
One indisputable question remains when we unearth the earliest evidence of their existence from aidu to the imposing megaliths dotted around the earth what more lies concealed in the tale of Humanity’s remote past in addition to leaving their mark on Earth the anunaki Left Behind colossal evidence of their highly developed culture and Technology their spaceports like as those at Mount Moria B albec Giza and neore were constructed to resist the immense pressure of the landing and taking off of nibon gold cargo vessels. Some of these enormous constructions weigh thousand of tons they were built to withstand the tremendous force and weight of Ships coming from Nibiru.
The anunaki built all of Earth’s intricate stone structures and ancient megaliths that defy modern interpretation these were not your typical Builders they were extraterrestrial creatures with technology that allowed them to do things with can only dream of.
The highly developed race known as the Anunnaki kept meticulous records on the building of these enormous cities and buildings between around 450,000 and 11,500 years ago while Earth’s terrain was being transformed by alien hands.
These buildings were made the Anunnaki created to leave a legacy not merely for utilitarianism these enormous Stone monuments were created as in enduring tributes to their creators intended to endure and be revered for Millennia rather than merely being utilitarian it is crucial to realize that the descendants of the anunaki who were perhaps even more powerful than modern humans built many of these ancient megalithic constructions. They found it as simple as Child’s Play to move these massive Stones create ideal high spots and arrange complex towering buildings.
The Bible the Quran the vetas or the Torah are only a few examples of the ancient religious writings that tell Tales based on the Anunnaki existence on Earth these scriptures stories are reinterpretations of the far earlier more indepth narratives that the Anunnaki themselves wrote down in couni form over time.
Human hands altered filtered and changed these Stories the objective was unmistakable conceal the facts and rewrite the story to fit various objectives. The Hebrew Bible is one of the clearest illustrations of this the original plot was greatly lost as a result of many of the phrases and meanings being misunderstood for instance the Hebrew Bible’s use of the term God is mistranslated Elohim the plural term that originally appeared on the ancient tablets implies God Gods Not Just One.
The story’s flaws that expose the reality are also visible when we attentively examine the text let us create man in our image who are this us and our in the ancient scriptures the answer is obvious the Anunnaki in reality these several entities the ancient gods are the Anunnaki Dynasty which is headed by Anu and his two sons enki and Enlil. When the word God Appears in another section of the Bible it frequently refers to one or more anunaki creatures or even their close relatives such as their spouses children or siblings.The biblical tale and the original Genesis narrative found on the ancient stone tablets are strikingly comparable but the original documents which are free of errors and omissions tell the whole truth more specific information about the Anunnaki participation in the creation of mankind reveals that they actively shaped and directed us in ways that we are still attempting to comprehend rather than merely creating us. One of the main Anunnaki characters enlil was not very fond of people as can be seen if you look closely at the translations of the old Samaran tablets. Indeed it appears that he had a strong dislike for people like his father Anu enlil was a strong domineering leader who occasionally made terrible choices that had an impact on Humanity. Many people are familiar with enlil from the Bible as the one who gave the order to destroy entire towns including women and children this angry envious God is the one behind many of the most dramatic events in the Bible he is the one who is supposed to have stated I regret creating humans let them all die in the flood and wipe them off the face of the Earth.
However another important Anunnaki deity enki took a quite different tack he was more sympathetic and frequently showed concern for others. In the Hebrew Bible when you read about God being kind forgiving and loving you’re usually talking about Enki’s Spirit rather than enlils. For this reason the Bible offers a bewildering array of characters God declares I love you more than anything in the universe and then he threatens to punish anybody who makes a mistake with eternal damnation mistranslations and the editing and alteration of old writings.
Throughout time are the causes of this discrepancy in actuality the gods described in these ancient Tales were several entities with unique personalities rather than a single all powerful deity as we now believe the Genesis of mankind is one of the most important instances when the original narrative is misrepresented the real events documented on Ancient tablets do not correspond with the biblical explanations of the Genesis of humanity.
It is hard to completely comprehend the origins of mankind in our place in these Cosmic dramas without the original backdrop.
The work became intolerable after the anunaki minded Earth’s riches for about 100,000 years. The anunaki laborers who had been engaged in the mining known as igigi started to voice their displeasure the anunaki High Council on Nibiru. Deliberated on a solution as the crisis worsened they decided to build a new kind of creature one that would be better able to manage the arduous work. Therefore it was decided to produce the first humans, Enki was assigned this Mission with the help of his genetics mastering consort nma and their son ninga. By successfully fusing their own anunaki genes with those of Earth’s indigenous animals they created a new species known as the Primitive worker. Because the Earth’s clay was abundant in minerals that are necessary for life this initial attempt to create humans was successful thus in the Edenic paradise the first human adamu was created by the numerous Gods Elohim son. Later adamu Rib was used to produce a female named Tiamat and the two of them became the first human pair the capacity to procreate was bestowed to these early humans guaranteeing the Anunnaki a rising labor force.
The Anunnaki had a clear objective to produce workers that were just smart enough to obey commands use tools and assist their creators. The first humans lacked the whole spectrum of cognition instead they were more like living robots made for work the people only had one strand of DNA which was not yet completely evolved for higher awareness because the makers purposefully excluded some genetic components Enki had a different relationship with humans than the Anunnaki who had originally created them as workers beings to help them in their search for resources and wealth as though they were his own children. He treated them with affection and tenderness he called them his blood children and made it his mission to Shield them from his fellow anunaki cruel indifference. Enki gave people something extraordinarily unique the Divine spark instead of just making them for work he was aware that humans May develop into something far more than mere servants despite their original intent unlocking this potential required.
Enki unique gift Enki didn’t fully understand the consequences of his actions when he created Humanity he gave them the spark of Enlightenment. The capacity to reason and think Beyond Survival human intelligence increased as a result of this Divine enhancement eventually surpassing that of the Anunnaki but his brother Enlil was incensed when he learned of this he witnessed people acquiring an excessive amount of power and knowledge threatened by this new development enlil expelled the first humans from the Anunnaki Paradise.
See he remarked the man has become like one of us knowing good and evil now he might reach out and take from the Tree of Life and live forever however Enki continued to work on his Creations despite the fact that the gift of immortality was hidden away in order to give one of his human creatures a longer lifespan than the others. He once again covertly fed them the genetic fruit from the Tree of Life certain human descendants inherited this long life Gene leaving them with a legacy of longevity. Enki continued to operate in this manner the involvement of the igigi the lower ranking employees of the Anunnaki gives the plot an even more dramatic turn, these creatures who were assigned to mining on Mars were frequently referred to as the Watchers. Something that might alter Earth’s history occurred during a resource transporting Expedition the aigi encountered the spirit of the arkans an enigmatic entity that sparked a strong desire in them to marry human women taking an oath and planning to travel to earth.
200 of these igigi rebelled by kidnapping human women and taking them as spouses the aigi grabbed the human lady and taught them magic and strong charms. They landed on Mount Herman a holy place called The Landing place of the Gods balbec where they performed a ritual for their wedding. A new species of creatures known as Nephilim Giants having both human and anunaki ancestry was created as a result of the igigi and human women’s couplings.
These enormous children caused Global Anarchy and destruction on earth a tumultuous and dramatic chapter of human history began when they arrived on Earth. The IGI sometimes referred to as the Watchers were genetic experts rather than merely laborers they experimented with fusing people and animals throughout time producing bizarre and hideous hybrids as their creatures progressively contaminated the Earth.
Their experiments resulted in Anarchy the Anunaki High Council felt compelled to act decisively since the natural equilibrium of the planet had been upset the 200 eiji who had fed these hybrid Offspring by taking human Brides were brought to Justice.
The anunaki authorities dubbed them the fallen angels and enLil sent these Fallen creatures to the lower regions of the Earth as a potent kind of punishment where they were to stay for 70 Earth Generations.
The planet Nibiru returned to Earth after a 3600 year orbit about 12,500 years ago the Syrian Dynasty’s top scientist forecasted catastrophic space weather that would have a significant effect on Earth as it got closer during its passing nibiru’s enormous magnetic pull was so strong that it destroyed the whole planet. The approaching Earth catastrophe and the hybrid Giants increasing Menace prompted discussion among the anunaki High Council. After lengthy discussion it was determined that the great Deluge would arrive and that Humanity’s fate was set but Enki did something in secret to rescue a tiny bit of mankind he made certain that some of his favorite human inventions would live through the impending Calamity. Enki made sure Noah and his family received all the DNA samples they would need to repopulate the planet after the great flood.
By surreptitiously assisting them in escaping massive disturbances were generated by nibiru’s magnetic forces as it approached Earth the world was engulfed in massive floods when the polar ice caps melted the Ice Age ended and nearly all surface life was wiped off as oceans surged 6 kilomet into the sky life on Earth was reset by the great Deluge.
The anunaki returned to rebuild their towns and go on with their mining Empire as the flood subsided and dry ground resurfaced.
Noah’s family and other flood survivors served as the ancestors of a new species of humans the Anunnaki believed that a new kind of person was needed on Earth After the flood one that would be more manageable less fruitful and have a shorter lifetime than the previous humans these new inventions would be more suitable for work and enslavement both labor and a race they could control. Were still needed by the Anunnaki it was decided that although the human hybrids would inherit the Divine Right To Rule they would stillreport to the Elder anunaki. King Anu ruled that the wisdom of the anunaki would be passed down to these new hybrid people providing them with the means to establish a highly developed civilization nonetheless the anunaki would continue to supervise human rulers and maintain their subordination.
However this strategy did not satisfy everyone enki’s son Marduk felt betrayed he started to feel animosity at his family’s choices because he had long been disregarded as a leader on Earth. The anunaki dynasty would experience more Strife as a result of marduk’s annoyance.
Marduk made the decision to take control of his own destiny after becoming more and more irate at his treatment and felt ignored by the anunaki leadership despite their advancement the anunaki were no strangers to violence and their Wars frequently caused as much destruction as those fought by humans as a result there was internal strife within the anunaki family with enlil and enki’s groups engaging in brutal conflict weapons of mass destruction were utilized when the tensions turned into a full-scale conflict on Earth.
In the area of Sodom and Gomorrah a terrible conflict occurred that claimed many lives the Anunaki eventually made the decision to depart from Earth leaving their human hybrid rulers in power.
the Elder anunaki offered the eiji also known as the Fallen Angels a chance at atonement after they had completed their 70-year sentence for their transgressions. Their job was to assist the new human rulers in running the planet to keep them from escaping an energy barrier was positioned around Earth and their probation was strictly monitored without a means of escape.
The Fallen ones led by marduk made the decision to seize Earth and use it as their own playground eventually Marduk took complete control of the planet assuming the role of Earth’s Monarch and creating a succession of hybrid human rulers he is still in charge of the plan and his rule is still going strong.
Marduk is frequently regarded as this world’s God he is in complete control and has a huge impact on Earth but is he really the antagonist in this tale there is more to the story than his strict techniques and Authority
The Secret of the Iron Mountain Report has remained hidden until recently when astute researchers have spent considerable time examining its true implications in light of what has been disclosed by top insiders about the purposeful spraying of numerous toxins and bio-weapons into the skies under Operation Cloverleaf.
And despite the usual denials that there was no Iron Mountain Study Group by the USG, it is now believed that the Iron Mountain Study Group existed and was used as a tool to lay the groundwork for Terra-Forming the earth in preparation for a later 21st century full scale alien invasion.
If the Iron Mountain study group actually took place and the book summarizing it and reporting its content was accurate, this would make the Iron Mountain Report (1) one of the Biggest USG secrets ever.
One would have expected this secret to have been kept from the public at all costs, using every tool available to American Intel and the Secret Shadow Government (SSG) such as serious harassment, lethal threats, and quickly deployed extra-judicial executive actions (terminations with extreme prejudice aka “TWEP”). (2)
The term “with prejudice” means no judicial review or appeal is ever going to be possible later on. The use of the adjective “extreme” means that the most extreme measure will be used and this always means killing, that is, the extra-judicial murder by agents of the state, central government.
In today’s America almost 90% of all intel functions have been privatized by offshore corporations (most run by Israeli/American dual citizens or NeoCon zios) who have infiltrated and hijacked the big institutions of American Intel including the NSA, NRO, the alphabets and the Secret Shadow Government (SSG).
And yet the best evidence is that this book was accurate turns out to be that this report was for some strange reason allowed to be leaked and accompanied by a mild USG denial. How can this be seemingly completely irrational situation be explained, especially when LBJ sent cables to all US embassies ordering a complete denial and the burying of this report forever?
The book was first published by Dial Press 1967 and became a NY Times bestseller and was published in 15 different nations, later to be republished again and again, even as late as in 2008.
Purported statements made by John Kenneth Galbraith in support of authenticity. (3)
On November 26, 1967, the report was reviewed in the book section of the Washington Post by Herschel McLandress, supposedly the pen name for Harvard professor John Kenneth Galbraith.
McLandress wrote that he knew firsthand of the report’s authenticity because he had been invited to participate in its creation; that although he was unable to be part of the official group, he was consulted from time to time and had been asked to keep the project secret; and that while he doubted the wisdom of letting the public know about the report, he agreed totally with its conclusions.
He wrote:
“As I would put my personal repute behind the authenticity of this document, so would I testify to the validity of its conclusions. My reservation relates only to the wisdom of releasing it to an obviously unconditioned public.”
Six weeks later, in an Associated Press dispatch from London, Galbraith went even further and jokingly admitted that he was a member of the conspiracy.
The following day, Galbraith backed off. When asked about his ‘conspiracy’ statement, he replied: “For the first time since Charles II the Times has been guilty of a misquotation… Nothing shakes my conviction that it was written by either Dean Rusk or Mrs. Clare Booth Luce”.
The original reporter reported the following six days later:
“Misquoting seems to be a hazard to which Professor Galbraith is prone. The latest edition of the Cambridge newspaper Varsity quotes the following (tape recorded) interchange: Interviewer: ‘Are you aware of the identity of the author of Report from Iron Mountain?’ Galbraith: ‘I was in general a member of the conspiracy, but I was not the author. I have always assumed that it was the man who wrote the foreword – Mr. Lewin’.”
Complete Secrecy can be maintained when desired and the resources necessary to do so are deployed.
As many top intel analysts and experts know, complete secrecy can be maintained when desired and was done so during the Manhattan Project during WW2, and also during many parts of the Secret Space War initiatives of the USAF and the USN which are still largely unknown to most.
However some of such individuals also realize that the SSG is not uni-dimensional and there are different factions involved and some have been strongly arguing for disclosure and have claimed that certain treaties made in secret with “alien visitors” require such disclosures.
The reason for this has been provided by a top SSG insider (for those than are able to set aside their preconceived ideas about the actual reasons for many leaks) which is that these top SSG officials are ordered to provide such leaks or to allow them.
Most folks believe that leaks from the SSG’s Deep Black or Beyond Black programs are due to human intel error, incompetence or bullish refusal of whistle-blowers to obey illegal orders.
And although each of these reasons has been true some of the time, the really big leaks of such top intel, big USG/SSG secrets is that top SSG and intel officials have purposely leaked such secrets because they have been required to in order to be able to accomplish their goals of such Deep Black or beyond Black programs.
H.A.A.R.P is one of them, a more recent update/history.
Back now 14 years ago, before U tube was government censored, this was one of the things that had my attention. By nature I have a lazy streak however, I got things done. Could explain why they spray chemtrails so much now.
———————————————————————
Back to where I left.
Certainly the privatizing and hijacking of American intel by Israeli controlled private communication corporations given full power of and color of the law with “shoot to kill” authority to form an operational extension of the SSG on behalf of the City of London Zion central Banksters does not facilitate the preservation of complete secrecy but almost guarantees it cannot be maintained and that it will be grossly misused against Americans on behalf of Israel and the central Banksters.
And further it promotes the continued hijacking of the American government and the continued asset stripping and exportation of all American heavy industry and manufacturing out of America.
It appears that some Deep Black and Beyond Black intel leaks are “required”, not just “mistakes” or aberrations but because of freewill and reel.
Arm Patch of SSG Anti-gravity Vehicle Squadron
Photo credit: Trevor Paglin
The actual reason is not only counter-intuitive but actually for many stretches the imagination.
And this actual reason for all the major intel leaks that have occurred including the latest related to Julian Assange, WikiLeaks and even Edward Snowden is that such leaks are “required” by “cosmic rules of play”.
Despite all the lethal rules to keep completely quiet about such deep secrets of the SSG, numerous and almost constant leaks occur. How could this be when such leaks are supposed to be met with lethal sanctions, but such has not been occurring in the past for some leaks and now for almost all of them.
What, top SSG officials are “required to disclose them”, why and by whom? Yes this sounds absurd and seems incredulous, but for those who are open, here is the way it really works.
Top SSG insiders claim that they are governed by “cosmic rules of play” that come from their god lucifer and because he claims to be completely fair he has set up “rules of play” which must be obeyed.
Cosmic Informed Consent is required, thus the most important major secrets must be intentionally leaked in disguise.
This preservation of human free will requires disclosure of what lucifer plans to do in advance so that humans have fair warning and can either consent or remove consent.
As this narrative goes, Lucifer can only advance his programs to completely transform the earth into a worldwide luciferian Globalist NWO one government super fascist system if the majority of humans provide consent and cooperate.
Experts know that societal tipping points occur when a majority of the people withdraws consent from their government.
That is why mindkontrol was considered and essential component in gaining and maintaining rule in Bolshevik Russia, Nazi Germany, Maoist China, North Korea and Cambodia under Pol Pot, all of which were pre-tests for the final takedown and transformation of the world.
And all of these luciferian systems were predicated on removing any concept of god almighty and substituting the state as god, in order to justify totalitarian control by the state and its worship as a super-parent figure by the masses, most of which were fully conned.
Those that were unwilling to yield to the state were imprisoned, sent to re-education camps, tortured, or executed just like what the USG has been now doing to many innocent teenagers captured and sold by Mideast warlords to the US Military to be used as stooges and terrorist patsies in this so-called phony war against terror which is little more than an Israeli/IZCS con job to trick America into fighting its illegal Mideast wars of aggression to build “greater Israel”.
Top SSG officials take orders from their superiors who are higher up the hierarchy known as the “pyramid of power” which culminates at the very top in the Old Black Nobility – OBN’s “Circle of Twelve” aka the “Council of Twelve” which has been reported to meet regularly with lucifer in person for directions and guidance as well as additional annointing from acts of human blood sacrifice.
Successful implementation of the Secret plans of the OBN to Globalize the world and form a NWO luciferian one-world government based on super-fascism require custom designed leaks and disguised “informed consent”.
Unless these Big SSG secrets are leaked, the top SSG officials believe that their plans will not be allowed to be fully activated and will be doomed. They also realize that such “informed consent” always carries the risk that “we the people” will grab onto and believe the leak, and rise up and stop any such activation. But they go ahead and disclose and then attempt to use disinformation and misinformation to neutralize the leak as best they can, sometimes deploying sophisticated psyops to do so.
Super-fascism is different than the fascism of Nazi Germany. As Mussolini declared, fascism is the merger of the corporation with the state. In Nazi Germany and fascist Italy the corporation and the state were merged, but the state maintained predominant control.
In super fascism the corporation and the state are merged, but the corporations are offshore and beyond the reach of any nations legal system and forma network owned and run by an organization of central banks run out of the City of London Financial District which actually controls the state with which it is merged, thus in reality forming a functional but hidden in plain site NWO Globalist luciferian one-world government.
The secret of the Iron Mountain Report was that the Powers that Be (PTB) that run the world would conspire together to create and claim a major international pollution crisis is occurring, a crisis providing a pretext to declare a war against environmental abuse, aka to be later called the “green movement”, Gaia worship or worship of “Mother Earth”.
Thus phony hypothesis have been force-fed Americans and the world that the CO2 necessary for good plant and crop growth is ‘toxic.’ It also forms a pretext to reduce energy consumption inside America by driving coal generated electricity to a minimum.
And along with the deployment of massive chemtrail or aerosol spraying in the skies under the secret program “Operation Cloverleaf”, massive crop yield reductions can be gained, humans can be poisoned and inoculated with nano particles of aluminum, barium, and other toxic chemicals as well as biowarfare agents, some active and some inactive which can be remotely activated at a later time by use of sophisticated psychotronics or catalytic viruses or bacteria.
This of course is part of a long term sophisticated geo-engineering plan to lower crop production, create famines and droughts worldwide and radically decrease the potable water supply.
The only seeds that will grow in this new toxified soil will be those patented by the former zio slave trader massive seed company, and these seeds will be tightly controlled are are referred to as “suicide seeds” because they are GMO, do not yield growable seeds themselves and are alleged to produce crops that contain sophisticated toxins that allegedly modify human DNA and serve as another form of softkill to reduce the world’s population.
The most serious substances being sprayed in aerosol chemtrails by CIA contractor aircraft from Tuscon AZ are the strange protein chains called “prion seeds”, which when activated can cause madcow, Creutzfeldt-Jakob type CNS neuro-degenerative diseases or as some have hypothesized a type of human rabies derivative which would result in a fatal occurrence of zombie-ism such as characterized in the new movie “Z War”. (4)
All of these are actually all covert weapons of war developed and deployed worldwide by the City of London zio Banksters as directed by luciferian leadership.
Many younger folks in their 20s, 30s, and 40s are now experiencing brain fog, cognitive slippage or “senior moments of forgetfulness” never before experienced in these age groups.
This is alleged to be due to the massive aerosol spraying by that CIA Airline in southern Arizona and many other subcontractors.
It has also been recently alleged that toxics have been quietly added to jet fuel as a combustion enhancer and mild fire retardant. Inhalation of nanoparticles of aluminum and barium can easily cause these memory lapses. The most common cognitive slips now appear to be are when young folks forget where they parked in a parking lot after shopping or leaving their keys or jacket in the booth of a restaurant.
Obviously the person or persons ordering this crime against humanity of aerosol spraying to poison humans below must be very, very high up in the hierarchy of control, the Pyramid of Power (POP) that runs most of the leaders of the world’s nation states.
And imagine the lethal fear these top POP leaders must be able to generate to keep subordinates cooperating with these massive eugenics program to softkill so many humans. Or at least they must be using sophisticated human compromise or honey-trap/pedophile ops or be paying a great deal of money or benefits to keep subordinates in line with these programs which are truly crimes against humanity.
And it is most interesting how China is quietly purchasing massive amounts of water from the great lakes using secretive means to gain access and then to transport it back to China in large tanker ships to bottle it in plastic with alleged high amounts of “gender bending” endocrine disrupter compounds to sell back to Americans as “bottled drinking water”.
The Big Plan is actually a very sophisticated blueprint to Terra-Form the earth according to the specifications provided by lucifer and his alien representatives.
This is all part of a sophisticated plan to create the pretext for the massive deployment of TERRA-FARMINGof the earth in order to prepare it for a later invasion by a certain species of aliens, who plan to land and occupy and populate Africa as their center of control and their own nation.
According to recent leaked information, these creatures plan to create massive environmental changes to the whole earth and massively depopulate the earth using sophisticated eugenics and other soft-kill and hard-kill means.
This major problem would thus create a pretext for the formation of a very strongly empowered federal agency, alter to arise and be called the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) which would exercise strong police powers against the public often harassing them, taking their rights away without due process and generally setting up a situation where society would come to expect strong internal police state type organizations.
Of course this is the age old luciferian/Babylonian principal or “order ab chaos” or creating a problem that is so major and chaotic to society that only the central government is big enough to solve it, but first additional police state powers and revenues must be allocated to the state in order to empower it adequately to solve such a problem.
What specifically is Terra-Forming?
Originally the concept terra-forming was the environmental engineering of a planet to make it habitable by astronauts or migrants from earth.
One plan was called the “third option” and involved transporting a select group of top SSG/POP officials to orbital space stations while the earth was undergoing a planned WW3 nuclear exchange, to later return to earth when condition permitted. Others wanted to use this third option to migrate to the moon or perhaps Mars.
Terra-Forming as used in this article represents the complete environmental and biological engineering of planet earth to make it conform to the wishes of lucifer’s chosen, allegedly his fallen angels the Nephilim (aka the Anakem).
This huge program is alleged to require deployment of massive and sophisticated psyops and psychotronic mind control, free-trade, de-industrialization of America and Europe, industrialization of China, a worldwide centralized banking system, one world currency following a staged and engineered worldwide and complete financial collapse, and the deployment of massive eugenics involving softkill and hard-kill until at least 80% of the population is eliminated.
Allegedly the final plan involves the elimination of all Cutouts even the top SSG officials and POP officials and the elimination of the “eliminator” cutouts who do all the softkill and hardkill once their jobs are completed, leaving only 2% of the humans left to serve as dumbed down, mindkontrolled worker bees.
Lucifer’s ultimate plan is to destroy all of god almighty’s earthly creation including animals and humans, and create his own transhuman type monsters who are part machine and part biological, best described as androids.
Formation of the EPA would serve as the prototype for other such massive centralizations of power taken away from the individual states of the union and the citizens of America.
In fact the whole idea of “psuedo-wars” against major social and economic problems actually created by the central USG in the first place has become that main practice of the USG since the publication of the Iron Mountain Report.
So we now have the so-called “war on pollution”, the so-called “war on poverty”, the so-called “war on drugs”, the so-called “war on terror”.
All of these problems have been planned and created by the Powers that Be (PTB) who sit at the top of the Pyramid of Power (POP) and their cutouts in the SSG.
So now our immediate biggest problem is the staged phony terror such as Murrah and the 911 attacks doen by the JCS, the USAF under direction of the zio NeoCons, aka dual Israeli/American traitors and the mossadnik infil-traitors, all supported by the Israeli unregistered intel arms such as the Bnai-Brith, ADL, SPLC and AIPAC and such.
Terra Forming of the Earth requires major changes to all societies, nations and every single nation-state’s environment. Some areas are designated for mining and acquisition of minerals and elements essential to the future plans of the aliens who are planning to form a worldwide NWO Globalist luciferian system with a “new Caesar of the Ages” to serve as world ruler and a complete dictator.
Some believe this will be Marduk, others that it will lucifer himself, with Marduk as his great profit or front man paving his way.
If these rumors based on insider leaks are true, most of North America and Canada is scheduled to be massively reduced in population, with only cities allowed which have stacked small 8×10 foot apartments and tightly contained non-mobile populations of “worker-bee serfs” under Agenda 21, with outside open land areas transformed into a large continuous nature center and game reserve.
The massive federal acquisition of America’s forest areas is all part of this plan and has been used to prepare Americans to accept such plans as they are deployed.
Senegal, South Africa
Alleged ground Zero for the First Stage of the Nephilim Alien Invasion
Africa is allegedly Ground Zero
Allegedly under this massive luciferian plan to Terra-Form the earth for open in-habitation by aliens, Africa is ground zero for the takeover of the earth.(5)
And if recent reports of that an alien leader Marduk has landed in Africa are true as well as the rumors that he is alleged to be lucifer’s choice for a new “Caesar-of-the-Ages” are true, this would support such an allegation that Africa indeed is the first ground zero landing point.
And if Marduk has actually landed and has been visited by three American Presidents and various other world leaders, excluding Israel, China and Russia this would suggest that a major reorganization of world power is likely in the works with Israel thrown under the bus, which means the City of London Banksters’ main Cutout is going to be cut-loose because they are no longer needed.
This also suggests that a major nuclear exchange will result over Israeli Mideast aggression and this will perhaps level Jerusalem and much of Israel, leaving the city open for construction of lucifer’s new temple for his new “Caesar-of-the-Ages”.
Once the Jerusalem is “cleared” and “cleaned” and the new Caesar-of-the-Ages is seated and empowered, that is, anointed with the full power of lucifer, the worldwide Terra-Forming program will enter its final phase and major, direct eugenics programs will be activated by various sophisticated means and some very draconian hybridization and trans-humanism plans will also be activated to essentially remove any stubborn remnants of remaining human free will.
The Cosmic Rules of Play can provide a way out for Americans and other peoples of the world if they so choose to exercise their free will in their hearts and minds and refuse USG/SSG/IZCS/OBN lies, misinformation, disinformation and con jobs.
The Cosmic Rules of Play can provide a way out for Americans if they choose to exercise their free will and refuse to consent in their hearts and minds to the luciferian NWO Globalization that is destroying America. Those at the top of the Pyramid of Power (POP) know that they cannot takeover unless the citizens of the world consent.
They also know that “we the people” have been provided with the means to form a new conscience-collective instead of following the faux one elicited by the six controlled major mass media companies (CMMM) which are owned by a consortium of central Banksters.
The PTB also realize they cannot stop the worldwide Internet so they will attempt to twist it to support their own luciferian NWO plans to Globalize the world.
They know that the key to whether they succeed or not lies within the hearts and minds of Americans and all people everywhere.
May of those in the USG, SSG and the top of the Pyramid of Power (POP) are very concerned due to the recent emergence of creeping populism all over the world, especially in America.
Yes, this can all be stopped cold if folks stop watching so much TV, realize that the evening news and all wire services are part of the CMMM system owned by the central Banksters and merely dispensed USG/SSG propaganda, basically all lies. And if folks wake up, wise up, refuse to do what is wrong meaning follow the golden rule of treating others the way you want to be treated, this evil machine can be stopped cold.
Remember the USG/SSG is very close to complete collapse from within. Many are just logging time, sandbagging and waiting for the STHTF. They will not “throw themselves on a sword” until either the SHTF or they see massive public support with a public display of a major tipping point reached with the masses. Until that point comes you can be sure of one thing.
Stay tuned, you can bet that the American Intel Cowboys have gone back to work “on their own dime”.
There are actually hundreds of retired Intel Cowboys out there in the American hinterlands and these folks feel betrayed and super cranked-off (6). And anybody that knows some of these individuals knows the only thing more dangerous than an Intel Cowboy that is angry at the USG/SSG is when there is more than one that is also angry at the USG/SSG. Almost all intel cowboys are very well trained, very, very experienced intel experts that are very serious American Patriots.
Their specialty? Taking down regimes quietly and from the inside using the most sophisticated means most folks cannot even imagine. These folks have the potential to be any corrupt leader’s worst nightmare they could never imagine.
Many of these folks are sick and tired of all the traitors and Israeli/American dual citizens, NeoCons and Banksters that have hijacked privatized and America, its intel and LE agencies, done the 911 inside-job/false-flag attack on NYC and the Pentagon, and “infected” all America’s major governmental institutions including Congress, the Supreme Court and the Department of Justice and created the Bolshevik DHS which unless stopped will morph into a new Cheka used to mass murder most Americans like they did in Bolshevik Russia, Maoist China and Cambodia under Pol Pot.
Many of these Intel Cowboys are technically highly secret, “off-the-books” assets only with very high level controllers that have long retired, left America or died. Most live and operate “off the official records and files” and are essentially “invisible”.
These Intel Cowboys are so slick in their tradecraft that they can come and go, manufacture identities, credentials, jobs, paychecks and even military appointments or credentials at will and have a plethora of connections to private industry that provide deep and multiple covers.
They can move in and out of different nations at will and have many years experience doing so.
Many of them have relationships with and respect for intel assets of other nations, even so-called enemies (most do not realize that intel cowboys move in and out of a worldwide community of spooks and often have mutual respect and rules of the game, at times cooperating to protect themselves from their criminal leaders).
Unless you are one of these fine Patriots or have worked with any of them, it is unlikely that you can even imagine what they are capable of. With these folks the sky is the limit literally. Thank god they are Patriots and love the US Constitution and want to preserve America the Republic.
You can perhaps imagine that many of these fine patriots have gone back to work making things right.
Of course they are so smooth at taking down governments and engaging in other other such sundry activities you will never see their fingerprints while they work, but if astute you may be able to recognize their handiwork as outcomes as they expose and brings the traitors who hijacked America to justice one way or the other.
Note: A big thank you to Veterans Today Senior Editor Gordon Duff who has made this article possible and to Mike Harris who is a Financial Editor for Veterans Today and has his own radio show on Rense Radio Network, the Short End of the Stick(7) and has been willing to cover this topic. Gordon Duff is the first individual deeply connected to American Intel at the highest levels that went public about USG/SSG American/Alien treaties, anti-gravity craft (AGCs) and the secret space war that is now ongoing which few know about or can even imagine.(8)
References
Bill Roberson
UFO Lecture by Capt. Bill Robertson and planet Mars.
from FreeZone Website Increasing abduction of people on planet earth/reason.
William Branton Robertson was born the 2nd of December 1936 in Georgia (USA).Capt. Bill Robertson died on 12th of May 1991
How many of you have heard about or read about a thing called Alternative 3? For those of you who haven’t I’ll just give you a short summary.
A British independent television crew were investigating what happened to many scientists and military people in the 60’s, because these people seemed to disappear from England, and everyone thought they had gone to make more money in other countries. They were intellectual people, scientists, business, top military people and so on. So they were going to do a program about this to explain “why can’t Britain keep up with the rest of the world. Why don’t they pay these people to stay here and work with us,” and so on. And in the investigation they came across very interesting data.
Back to the original:
They referred to this as the brain drain. In other words “brains going down the drain” in England – they were going somewhere else. The smart people going away, you know. And they did the investigations of the friends and relatives of these people. And the funny thing about it is they only heard from them one time.
And they never heard from them again. And some of the postcards and letters they sent were exactly the same. The picture and everything, and the way they wrote it was exactly the same. Almost as if they were ordered to do it. And then they had gone completely out of communication.
Further investigation…. When they put on the first program about this, several people saw it that wrote to the station and said, “we know more about this.” One of them was a scientist at the observatory in England, who said that he had recorded from an American spaceship on one of his radio telescopes a report coming from an American spaceship in the days before the Americans had sent anybody up.
And he knew it was a NASA Space Agency recording, because it had a certain code, a bip bip bip to it, but he did not have a decoder. But the television station investigated all this, and they found another guy who had a decoder, and they brought the two together.
Now during the bringing the man, the professor of astronomy, was going to drive it to London, but he thought maybe something might happen, so he mailed it in a package. And then he drove, so he wouldn’t be rushing he drove slowly, but he was killed on the way, a very strange accident.
He was found in his car down the side of the road, and he was burnt all the way to his bones, as if it was done by a high intensity laser or something. It could not have been done by a car just crashing and burning petrol. And this remained part of the mystery in the second program they gave.
Now this was all true, and it was all recorded in the British newspapers. And then there were other people that gave stories: That the government of America and Russia were working together to establish bases on the Moon and Mars, and that’s why they needed all these people. And this was in the days before sputnik and spacecraft. And so by that time the station was in the problem of almost appearing to be putting out a science fiction movie.
And they are supposed to be investigative reporters of facts, you see. So they were told to admit to the public that these programs were all a hoax or they’d lose their license. And they must fire the reporters who were working on it. That is essentially… The book was then written by the 2 reporters or 3 reporters that were fired. OK? Now that’s how the Alternative 3 book came about.
Now you understand that that was the Alternative 3 idea.
The three alternatives mentioned by the book had to do with some of the data they found to apparently explain why the Russians and Americans would do this. They said that a climatic catastrophe was coming upon the planet, you know the carbon-dioxide – the ozone, and that they only had three possibilities: Go underground, live underground. Do something drastic with the atmosphere like with nuclear weapons or something – war. And set up bases or set up bases on other planets, for just the top people of course. That’s what they explain it with.
Now you are going to see the real explanation of Alternative 3, because that itself was a cover scenario. Are you ready? Good.
They showed this on the television, before it was cut off the air and before they were threatened of the actual – – – what was on that tape. And you are going to see it and are going to see and analyze what it really means.
World GOV Bases and Colonies in MARS Since 1962! Click on control panels to listen and view the Shadow GOV IFO/UFO Type Beamship that was involved to travel back and forth to MARS 1962 with the Russians. One thing we never thought that atmosphere in MARS be exact same as the earth.
This is the supposed landing on Mars 1962 by the Americans. That’s the tape.
Now the thing he said at the last, he says – Boy, when they take the wraps off this, it’ll be the biggest day in history. 22nd May 1962, we’re on Mars and we have life.
Now, we’re gonna watch this – I’ll show you something interesting. OK let’s pause. All right, here you go. Look; let’s first of all examine the possibility that this was made in Hollywood. If they did make it in Hollywood what would be the point of making it so secret that they had to kill people to keep it from being known? Would they just be doing it to… Why would they keep it a secret, if they made it in Hollywood?
They would want everyone to know about it and say – Look we landed on Mars! and they never said that.
So what would they want it for as a fake, and how could this professor have recorded it coming from outer space, this tape, if they made it in Hollywood, you see. So let’s take their word for it is true. They did kill enough people, they threatened the radio station with closing the license – I mean the television with closing the license of the program, they did fire the people who worked on it. And when the book came out they banned it in America. So knowing all those indicators of a secret conspiracy going on, let’s take it as a true tape, but let’s analyze it as to what is the real truth.
Look at that porthole they are taking the pictures out of. That is not from an earth type spacecraft. That has a square, curved outer hull surface, and it’s very thin as you can see. There’s no bolts, you understand, and all that stuff they have on American and Russian spacecrafts. Right, it’s very big. You remember the first spaceships that went up. They had little tiny holes in them like that with bolts, like on a ship.
That’s the first point I want you to see. Now I want you to see something else here. There, you see the curves? Aha, you see this – stand by to scan, that’s what he said. Now watch this, watch what happens to the picture. See how slowly it’s moving? America and Russia never had any spaceships that are landing on the Moon, landing on any other planet that could slow down and do this. Watch this: the ship is rotating, slowly. Then it stops – Stand by to move on. Watch… see there, now they’re back on the landing pattern.
If you analyze this from an aeronautical point of view, you have the ship coming in. All of a sudden it stops, rotates around like this stand by to go-ahead, resume landing. Does that remind you of anything? It reminds you of the stories of “flying saucers”. They go, they stop, they move around a little bit, they go. All right. What’s that? (I never saw that one before.) OK, we go on with the analysis.
That, see this? Every time they change mode there’s interference on the transmission, or they’ve stopped the transmission and started it again. This interference with any radio transmission frequency is caused by a high intensity electromagnetic field.
Also this is in the stories of UFO reports where people’s car radios stop and the pilots, their compass goes around like this. There are also stories written how, obviously, UFO’s are controlled by high intensity electromagnetic fields. And if you were broadcasting from there back to Earth you would expect the broadcast to be interfered with every time they had to change the controls, altitude or path of the flying saucer, and it does!
No Film but still text about Mars:
And now… watch again. Now look how slowly it’s going.
Temperature 4 degrees Celsius, 21 km/h wind. 707,7 Mb air pressure. 760 (is normal), no 1013 Mb.
This is only 7/10 as much as Earth. OK, next. I want you to observe this place they’re coming toward. You didn’t notice that, did you? There’s a tower, like a control tower. And there are 1, 2, 3 pads to land on, but they are only round ones, and they look like they are a hundred or so feet in diameter, 30-40 meter or more. 1, 2, 3 and they’re round. Now what could you land there if you have never been there before? Could they have built a landing base, if they had never been there before?
Will the now president of the US, also known as the man ”death in the head” enter the history books as the destroyer of the American dream?
Some predict an inevitable civil [?] war between the Electorate/Constitutional/Surface government of the U.S., and the joint humanoid-reptiloid Corporate/National-Global Socialist/Underground New World Order government, which is paid for by American taxpayers and also known as Deep State & Cabal best known for their unsavory money-making projects. Combination of insatiable hunger for power and greed.
In George Washington views this war will apparently provoke an armed United Nations / New World Order invasion of the U.S.A. which, but according to this now famous ’vision’ will ultimately end with an American victory as a result of Divine Intervention.
Now watch this when they land: They get to static again, because they have to put in the electromagnetic field. So you don’t see them actually landing there, but you can believe they are going to land on this one or one of these. Right. Watch that closely. You see that? There it is, there it comes. Stand by for landing. Let’s do it again, so you can see it. There are: 1, 2, and 3. There’s the building. Now they are obviously sitting on one of the pads looking out away from the building. And now they see the brown very closely. Americans… some kind of mole, a mole. OK, now.
What the cover-up was, what the secret of Alternative 3 was, which is still a secret, is that the Americans did get to Mars in 1962 with a radio and television camera, but they didn’t make the ship. That was an alien flying saucer. You wanna see it again? This is the big secret. That’s what they didn’t want anyone to know. They were just passengers. Imagine it…. on a flying saucer, you see it? The base, the little pads. OK.
So I told you it would be amazing. I took you on a video-trip on a flying saucer as the first thing. That’s how they work, just like that, you see it from the inside. How did you like that trip? That was the big secret of Alternative 3. The Americans did not land on Mars. They took as passengers on a flying saucer. All this Alternative 3 stuff was cover.
Now who were these people that took them? And what connection do they have with the American government? And what connection do they have with this planet? And why is it all a secret? Now what the hell is the importance of this place anyway?
Well, in case you don’t believe…. by the way, how much time do we have? I can do this part after lunch. 1/2 an hour left to lunch? 45 minutes to lunch. In case you still don’t believe that these ideas and stories that you hear about UFO’s, these kind of things, if you still don’t reckon that there’s really anything to it… I mean I started you off with a trip from inside of one. Now I’ll show you some from the outside that people have actually photographed. People say there’s no photographs of them. They are not true. Yes there are photographs and television. All right.
Now this was on the program even, but people still say they haven’t seen this. They are still-pictures that they’ve taken of flying saucers. There it is. Just watch the pictures, there it is. Going behind there to land somewhere. Another picture. Another one. Another one. OK. Next, we go to this last couple.
These things look strangely alike from the outside of what you were just seeing from the inside out the little portholes. There’s another one coming – there it is. There’s one. There. Looks like he’s taking pictures too. That was the last one here, last shot. This one, that one. Then there’s another one they are showing you at night, glowing a little bit. This one. All right. OK, next.
So these things have been around, and it looks like the government is keeping it quiet. We still don’t know why, but we’re gonna find out. During the break you can come up and look at some of these articles. They also have some newspaper stories about it. But I knew that most of you from Germany would rather have hard, more physical evidence. Either pictures or videos or from inside. OK, ready? Here’s some more.
The last one, this is one of the best ones, because it will show you how they land into the… on the planet. These were taken on Earth. Now you noticed they had a little landing place on Mars. If they’re gonna be here on the planet they must also have landing places, OK?
So let’s look at them going into one. Right after this. There, watch this guy. He’s landing behind the mountain or into a hangar or something. Slowly down, you see. He doesn’t come up again. That’s how they would take off, you see, come backwards. This is how he lands, see? OK. Now that was a little thing that they tried to excite everybody’s curiosity with. But we’ve got some more stories about these from people that actually worked with the aliens. See that? That is not a conventional aircraft or weather balloon.
OK, so up to this point I just wanted to show you some of the physical evidence that we have about these things. And then we will… I’ll ask you if you have any questions about that so far, but I won’t tell you anything about what’s gonna happen after lunch, because that’s gonna be very exciting. I’d rather you have a good lunch first, because some of this is not pleasant. If these people were here, if these aliens were here to be friendly and to make trade with you, and buy your nice apple juice and wines from France and everything like that, then there’d be no reason to keep it secret, would there?
But unfortunately they are here doing, some of them, are doing something different than that. And that we’re gonna find out after lunch. But up until this point is there any questions about what we’ve said so far, Alternative 3, landing on Mars 1962, pictures of UFO’s, the way they moved, who they worked with? Yes, questions.
NASA faked?
Let’s take this gentleman first.
“Could you explain the atmosphere on Mars, because when one sees pictures from telescopes from here to Mars there’s no atmosphere.”
Yes, apparently it is very thin and there’s very little cloud in it. And we also know from other reports that a lot of the NASA photographs and the NASA things they’ve done since this time, some of the photographs and some of the satellite photographs and orbiting photographs they leave them out. They don’t let them out to the public.
There was a gentleman in America, two gentlemen, who actually were researchers and discovered those pyramids on Mars. Did you see that article? And they had to… they discovered those photographs filed incorrectly under the southern latitude and longitude on Mars when they should have been in the northern part.
They were deliberately taken out. And they just happened upon them by chance, and no one would come to their press conferences either, and now it’s just sort of one of these crackpot stories as well, but they had been working with actual NASA photographs from Mars. But NASA has never admitted that those are real photographs of pyramids on Mars although they took them. You see, so there’s still a cover-up going. And we find there’s false data being given about the Moon and Mars. Not necessarily false, there’s so much omitted, they don’t tell you everything.
Just as if you were trying to not tell about where you went last night to your wife. I just went out drinking with some friends – OK, that’s all right. You don’t say how many bars, how many girls that were there, and how many times you spent going to some other places. See what I mean? That’s the same with the government. They are lying to their children, to their wives, husbands, whatever…
Next question is here:
“In the textbooks the atmosphere on Mars is explained as being reddish, not blue, and the pressure is given as about 1/1000 of the pressure on earth, so these data don’t fit?”
That’s nearly a vacuum. They are probably lying. But I tell you one thing they are wrong about, the… when you’re on the planet looking at… If there’s any kind of carbon dioxide or molecular air structure just because of the sun’s refraction and incidence into an atmosphere any type of clear gas – you’re gonna get a blue effect. That is for any planet when you’re on the planet. In a clear atmosphere you’re gonna get a blue.
“This blue sky depends on clear gas. Mars’ atmosphere is supposed to be dusty, and then it’s physically sound to have a red atmosphere.”
That’s what they say. Now if you go up on a high mountain, Mount Everest or something, you see pictures from there, you have a thin blue look as well. Now that’s a very low pressure. The outpoint in the scientists’ story about what you just said, if the atmosphere is so thin, then what’s holding the dust up? Nothing, because in a vacuum, if it’s near vacuum, the dust will fall like a rock. Go ahead.
“About the Mars atmosphere I read an article in I think it was scientific American, and then they tested animals that live on Earth, and then they figured out that the lower the animals are the longer they can survive on Mars’ atmosphere. A frog for example can survive at least for 24 hours.”
Yeah well, you saw a mole living there on that picture. It was some kind of underground animal, and I bet you if you were on Mars and didn’t have any water, and you were examining how people live on Earth, you would not believe that anything lived in the ocean. You would not figure out how a gill for instance could exist. And yet we have lots and lots of animals living in the oceans including dolphins who are airbreathers. And the largest animal in the world: whales. And yet if you were on a dry planet, you could never believe that. You see?
Next question. Sir: “He saw that an animal lives on Mars, so he thinks when that was kept secret there must be more living beings up there.”
Exactly, genau. I mean just to tell you some of my background, before we go to lunch.
Any more questions first? First question, yes. “I saw another interference after this animal, how could this happen?”
Very good observation. I would say they were shutting down the power on the whole ship. How much time do we have, by the way? How many? 5 minutes. OK. First I’ll tell you some of my background. I have two college, university degrees. But don’t go look them up, because the FBI has probably already taken them away. Tulane University New Orleans, Louisiana. One in mathematics and physics, and the other in civil engineering. Civil engineering: docks, airports, railroads, buildings. And then I had a graduate scholarship where they were paying me to go to Columbia University in New York on a NASA scholarship to be in a space structures organization, where we were supposed to build space-platforms and spaceships for the American government.
The only thing I couldn’t figure out: What happened to the next year students? They all disappeared. I only stayed for the first year and then I disappeared. I got out of it. ’Cause I couldn’t find anybody from the next year, they had all disappeared. I never knew why until I read the Alternative 3 book. They were taking them away, working somewhere else. And I was followed by the US Government after that.
They wanted to find out if I was a communist agent. And when they decided I wasn’t I then got the job as an engineer and was in charge of building 20 ICBM sites, Intercontinental Ballistic Missile sites. These were positioned in Colorado, Wyoming and Nebraska. Every 10 missile sites that’s “the minute man silos”, they call them “minute man silos”. They are 90 foot sunk into the ground (30 meters), and every 10 of them is controlled by an underground control center, like a small submarine sunk into the ground 30 feet down. And I built 20 of those and quit when I found out it might be a hostile act to mankind.
A good movie to see, to see how those things were – they finally have come out with it after 20 years, how they look – is Wargames. It’s about a little kid and a computer. He overrides the missile system. Well, in the beginning they show pictures of a little house on the surface and people walk in and they go down an elevator. Then they control the capsule down there with the buttons and all for the rockets. It’s right at the beginning of the film.
The other thing in that film which is accurate is the city inside the Iron Mountain down by Colorado Springs by the Airforce Academy. They show in there-big blast-doors with buildings inside on big springs. When I worked for the government on these missile sites, I saw the plans for that base and that’s exactly what they were like.
I worked on another project, which was to make a copy – sorry, storage building, to build a building. It was about a mile long and very big, just a warehouse to keep a copy of every American’s tax record and every American’s files. A copy from Washington was sent there to Colorado and then from there they were going to be put on a computer, and that computer was supposed to be inside the mountain in Colorado Springs.
And that was to be the computerized files on every American, blast proof, atomic bomb proof inside the mountain. All right. I worked on these projects, they were paying good money, they were real projects, and they were being done. And that was back in 1962, same year that they were taking passengers to Mars. So what you’re gonna hear in this afternoon, you’ll hear how far this has all gone since then. And why.
OK, so have a good lunch and thank you for coming.
This is part two of the UFO’s event
And in the first part you saw how it looked from inside a spaceship which the Americans tried to keep a secret from all of us for 30 years, and then you saw some pictures and videos of flying saucers that people have taken, but everybody says that’s not true.
Now to bring you a little more final reality before we go into the major part of what’s happening, I will now play you a tape, it’s only a few minutes long. And it will – it is reported to be the sound of a UFO and I want you to listen carefully. Remember we talked about the high electromagnetic frequency fields. If you listen carefully and be very quiet, we might hear some of the pulses in the recording. I will shake the stick when I hear them, ’cause I’ve heard it on earphones.
The actual ship sounds something like a small two-stroke engine climbing a hill. But you’ll see there’s something different about it, and it has pulses to it. Pulsation of high electromagnetic frequency. OK. This was recorded in The United States and it was also given at the Frankfurt UFO convention, so listen carefully. Be very quiet. I think you’ll get it.
You get that wi wi wi from the thing in the recording, if you buy a tape. All these UFO tapes have that on there as well as about 4 – 5 – 6 other UFO-type related incidents and things that cover what we’re talking about today on this tape. And I put my music into it to give it a sort of a musical background into it too.
But the… if you hear it on your high-fidelity at home or earphones, you will hear what I’m talking about even cleaner in there. There’s a high frequency sort of wi wi wi going on as this thing approaches. And it’s not, you Call tell from that, it’s not just a guy riding a two-stroke motorcycle up the hill, you know. OK, so now we’ve heard them and we’ve seen them and we’ve been inside them.
Now we’re gonna find out what they are doing here. First I must tell you there are more than one group of extra terrestrials interested in this planet. In the most their intentions are peaceful, and they want to develop relations with this planet, as would any other peoples on a friendly basis. Not to have atomic weapons, not to have biological and chemical weapons. And they are holding back, the friendly ones, except merely for observation, because as you all know the joke: Take me to your leader, a leader. And then if you ask the friendly ones they say: But you don’t have a leader. They are all fighting all the time. There’s no leader.
This planet has no leader. I have here a tape – a video made by three gentlemen, and one of them is called William Cooper. He is an ex-intelligence officer for the United States Navy, and his job was to brief high level officials over what was the American relationship with aliens, with people from outer space. It was all above top secret, you understand. And he has recently, last year I believe, decided that what he had been – well he’s retired now from the Navy. He decided that all of this secrecy was not in the best interests of his country.
Remember this I told you about earlier, before the meeting began, about these military people who decided that the secrecy that they were being made to agree to was not in the best interest of their country. Now he’s like one of those. He started talking about these things to inform not only his friends but also his congressmen and the people in the government. The thanks he got for that, he was tried to be assassinated twice. He lost one of his legs in one of the attempts and he’s had a severe wound in the head. But he’s still going. OK, sounds familiar? Yeah, OK.
Another one is a man named John Lear, and he is the son of the man who invented the Lear Jet, you know the private jets. All right, so he’s no flake He’s a millionaire himself, and he’s the guy in the picture with the blond, white hair, the white haired guy. Very nice suit. And the other is a man named Bill Hamilton, who’ll you see first. And we have somebody here who actually knows him personally and would like to just tell you about him for about a minute.
It’s Diane Marple from the US.
“I’ve known Bill for 8 or 10 years. He’s been a UFO investigator for 25 years. I’ve been to his house several times. He has a lot of data and a lot of which I’ll try to get him to send over here. So his viewpoint is more by the planetary and intergalactic scenario. And he started just investigating those things that led into those scenarios.
So he’s no longer talking to farmers that see UFO s. The thing that you are going to see on the tape here, the first mission he did on that was about four years ago, and what he’s telling you is a summary of everything that he found out. Because he doesn’t pass on information until he has got some verification on it.”
Thank you very much.
OK, this tape is in English, but we will stop it and give you translation every so often, but I want you to see how these people… this is at a, I believe it is a UFO meeting and this is where Cooper and Hamilton, and you also see a little bit of Lear in there, they are trying to convince everybody that this is really happening. And not just about UFO’s, but what they are doing here. And these are, shall we say, the unfriendly ones. OK, here we go.
He’s talking about a base, underground base in the vicinity of Dulce, New Mexico. He’s talking about his investigation in Dulce, meeting with a person called Gabe Valdez who was a local sheriff there. And he has seen many UFO’s in the area nearly every other night.
And there was many…, he has seen many cattle mutilations there, where they cut special pieces out of cattle for use in experiments, but very precise like with a laser-knife. You’ll find out more about this in the later part of the tape. One other thing he says. Gabe Valdez doesn’t live there anymore. Perhaps he’s been relocated, because he now lives in another town called Albuquerque, New Mexico.
The information he’s about to give comes from people who worked at the base. People who were kidnapped or abducted and taken there and then released, and people who helped to construct it, and people who were working with the intelligence community there. All right, go ahead.
The facility is a bio-genetics lab and is connected to Los Alamos that was the first site of the atom bombs experiments in New Mexico. It’s always been a high security research area for the US Government. He says there’s an underground connection by subway or tube shuttle to the Los Alamos. OK. The research there is about genetics and research into also other intelligent species and the comparison between human and alien biology.
He says that their research indicates centuries ago that the aliens that he’s going to talk about here entered into a contract with a secret group called the Illuminati. I think you have heard about these before: people that work in secret to control you mentally – one of the chief ones was Adam Weishaupt. Curiously enough he was the founder of the Illuminati, right over here in Germany. You all know the story of that.
Now he’s also saying at the end that the United States Government entered into a contract with the aliens in either the, I think the forties or fifties or maybe even a little earlier to exchange research with animals and humans, which animals and humans are given to the aliens, you understand, and they were… and the humans, the government will get back high technology in exchange.
Now that sounds… If you understand, at that time there was a Second World War that was going on. You might think well maybe they made the deal just to help win the war or some other good reason for it. But you’ll find out that its not a good deal when you find out what’s happening here. Now OK, let’s see.
In the end of the forties the alien operations shifted from where it was in the southern hemisphere in South America, where there were many stories of UFO’s in those days, to the United States west, because of this agreement that was made with the US Government, and that they wanted these underground bases and because of the magnetic and plasma effects of some of the minerals of the rocks in that area were vital for them. That fits in again with what we observed in the use of these saucers. They have to have something that produces a high electromagnetic energy field. So they need the raw materials for that, of course, to keep things going. OK, some more.
He says that these people who worked there told them that the aliens themselves regard themselves as an old people who lived on Earth, that they were crossbred from a human and reptilian species. This kind of face and sort of thin scaly looking bodies, but in actual fact that may… yes they may have been here before visiting and so on, but we actually know where they came from originally and we’ll go into that a little later.
But remember that the human beings had to be told something, and that even the aliens may be putting a scenario on to the United States Government, just as the US Government is putting a scenario on over the Alternative 3, just as the government is normally putting a scenario over on you and me. You see, so all of these things… just listen to it, but it can be that by the end of this you realize something more about it – the real truth. So the aliens have told the United States Government they are an old Earth-species, remember. OK, next.
They are telling the US Government, and this is what the people who worked there now tell him as an investigator, and they are saying that they are representatives of an alien nation – that’s closer to the truth. And that they’re returning to this planet to use it as a staging area, operations area, but they don’t tell you exactly what for. OK, next. They are saying, he’s saying also there are of course other alien cultures that are in conflict about whose purposes will be used, which is true. And he says that this has been carefully kept out of the press and out of the news of everybody since the 1940’ies. OK.
He says that is not the first alien base they built in Dulce, New Mexico. There are others in Colorado, Arizona, Nevada and others in the United States. And maybe others in the rest of the world too. Maybe in Antarctica and some other places, maybe right around here. Over there in Russia, over in the Pyrenees, upper Norway. We have found some very strange underground projects being done costing billions, but they give you a very small reason for this thing being built. They have some cover story for it. OK, go ahead.
He says that in 1947 the residents of Dulce, New Mexico saw many many troops going in and out of the area, many many trucks and construction equipment and that the signs on the trucks were from a lumber company in Colorado, but that when they checked no such company exists. So that’s another one of the indicators.
He’s talking about the construction of the bases. The Rand Corporation of America was involved in it. They had a tunnel boring machine that melts the rock and then makes a smooth wall out of it for high-speed shuttles to be put in. And that this is scientific knowledge, it’s been published. And he says that there are over 100 of these secret underground places that have been constructed and that one of them is on the back of the Moon, another on Mars. Interesting, ha? That’s the underground ones. That fits in with Alternative 3 as well. Now this is from the people who worked there, he’s reading the reports of those people. OK.
The man who wrote that report was a construction man. Just like I’ve told you some of the things I’ve worked on and heard about, he heard about a lot more than he was working on, and when he finished the construction part they asked him to work there. Except he didn’t, because they would have made him sign a contract which agreed that after the work is over he would agree to the chemical erasure of his memory. Sounds like they wanna keep the secrets. So he refused that. OK, go ahead.
He’s talking there about some of the other construction companies involved: Aerospace Companies and Bagtell Corporation, it’s… I used to work for them by the way. They were the ones who were building the big warehouse to put all the Americans’ files in, remember? He says that they are well connected with the CIA, and many employees o, the American government in high positions in the civil service either came from Bagtell or they retired to Bagtell. OK? And what did he say just there at the end? Was one other thing. Ah, back it up just a little bit.
He said that they are linked up with the Trilateral Commission. (I didn’t agree to the chemical erasure of my memories. I have this video, I can just look back and see what it was.) The Trilateral Commission, remember that? That is one of the secret, not secret, sort of advisory group, one of the Grey eminencies behind the government. You might find guys like Kissinger in there, and also the Illuminati.
He said they have connections to the Illuminati – the Trilateral. And what are the other guys? The Council on Foreign Relations, CFR. Now you might know the Council of Foreign Relation people in Europe as the Bilderbergers. The Grey eminencies that sort of sit there and decide what your country should do and tell your elected officials how they should do. You have the same problem over here. But it’s not quite the same anymore. OK, go ahead. OK.
He’s talking about the base now. I have drawn from the description you were hearing and you will hear. Somebody has a little bit of tape? A little bit of tape to put up the chart. Now this is what he’s about to describe to you – all right.
Here’s the surface of the ground, and these are the mountains of New Mexico. There’s a little UFO coming in there – remember that picture you saw on the television – coming behind the mountain. They have probably entrance this or hangars inside from the mountain they go down to this landing area back here somewhere.
And this is an entire building built underground. It’s my conception of it from the description. I used to work on these projects, and I figured that he talked about at least 7 different levels, and there are about 30.000 aliens down there and probably 10.000 or so humans. So it’s actually very big. Now I’ve shown it – it’s not the scale, hut it probably goes way back and this is only half of it, so it comes way out this way as well.
Now you see here they have some kind of phony little house up here or some little structure that they claim is the US Agricultural Research Station, that’s what they did on the missile sites, and a little fence around there and it says: Warning! Agricultural Research Station. You went inside the house, you go down in an elevator and you come into the – in the intercontinental ballistic – you came to the control room. That’s all, just a big submarine in the ground. But here you would come into an entire building and from there are other elevators that can go, for security, only to those levels in the building. And I’ve labeled the floors here as to what he’s going to tell you what’s happening on these.
Security and Communications at 1 (see above image). There are over 3000 televisions and spy cameras around this. Human staff housing. Executive offices and laboratories for scientists and so on.
And 4: Mind control experiments on people – on people, not just by people but on people. And on 5 he talks about… 5 is the alien housing. And these little fellows here, these extra terrestrials, they call them the Grey’s, because their skin is sort of a Grey color. And then down here on 6 we have genetic experiments, genetic experiments.
And that is also a zoo.
They have the experiments, the results of the experiments in cages down there. And on level 7 they have cryogenic laboratories. That’s cold storage vats for the failed experiments. OK, down here I’ve drawn a sort of a power plant. It’s probably an atomic base, power plant or something. Probably deep water wells and things like that, and everything is self-contained, and probably some air vents up to the top that bring in fresh air. I’ve also shown you a shuttle to Los Alamos. And also another one over here that goes to another base probably in the next area.
Perhaps over there in Nevada where they call it Area 51 or Dreamland where they do the atomic bomb testing experiments. And Arnold Herman from Switzerland has many videos of that with these big buildings there that house a lot of people even on the ground, not even below ground. And why would they need so many people out there just to test a few bombs, you know? I tell you a lot of tax money goes into this. He says on the tape here that billions, billions of dollars were spent on these things.
And down here I put UFO’s, the implanter scenario. An implanter being a person who tries to control you mentally or by inserting things into your body to control you. Genetic manipulations, but all secret – all is secret.
Now here is the Trilateral insignia and.. oh yes, you’ll find this out from this article here. I said for the Andromedans, because this article here tells you that the-Grey aliens that the nations of the world have made an agreement with, including the USA, are from Andromeda.
That’s the next galaxy, come on. It’s true actually.
Now that’s their symbol. It’s a black triangle on a red background.
This is the US Government insignia given to them by the Illuminati, and that of course is the pyramid with the eye in it. You haven’t seen that before, look at a United States dollar bill, it’s right on the back. And this is the Dulce Base symbol. People that work here have this on their uniform. It’s the same trilateral upside down with a ’tau’ in it, the Greek letter ’tau’. Now ’tau’ could stand for Terra, which is the real name of this planet. If you look in a space logbook that’s Terra.
OK, so that means they are down here on the around. These guys are coming from Andromeda, they are an outer space connection and these are your Illuminati connection. OK? I just want you to know the symbols in case you ever see these on some strange trucks or cars or aircrafts going by. Here’s an American dollar. I don’t know if you can see it, but there’s a little…..
(The experiments are to change human beings genetically) so that they can work in dangerous environments such as radioactivity, outer space and maybe even under water. So they are actually doing large scale genetic experiments with human beings here. OK, next.
He’s saying that this has already been perfected to the degree that we already have, he talks about America, already has its disposable slave race. Clones, you understand. They bring them up from ba… from small fetus here, clone, and make many copies of the same thing. Yes, OK. And they don’t have any mummies and daddies, so the Government owns them.
Do they run around? Yeah – oh yeah. They’ve been seen. Adult human beings who look exactly alike, maybe 6 or 7 of them all together. There are maybe hundreds, but some people have seen 6 or 7 all exactly the same. And they worked in the military only. OK, some more.
He says at the start of this the American government was asking women to do experiments in genetics, you know if they were sterile or something they couldn’t have children. And then they would remove the fetus after 3 months, take it back to the lab here and grow it up in a controlled environment in the experiment. Now you understand, what they put into the womb of the woman may not have even been a human being. It may have been some cross between an alien and a human or 5 or 6 clones.
They just needed something to develop it for 3 months so they could then pick it up into their laboratory technology. OK, they found they hadn’t had the technology of how to start it off. OK, they had to have a real person to do it. We don’t know if that’s still true. They may be able to do it all the way in the lab, (don’t know). OK.
Defense Advanced Research Project Agency(DARPA). They are the ones that set up the mind control experiments to control humans and some of the products of their labs at a distance. And that is the final operation of what began here in these stories of the people who claimed – and actually if you read through this you’ll find that some of them had these transmitters taken out and photographed it even.
And had them X-rayed while they were still in their heads. These were the people they were experimenting on outside of the lab to see how they could control them in the society. In here they probably control all of them that way, but this is a very closed area and it’s very easy. You have radio transmitters there. Can be transmitted right through all the areas of the building. Out in the society it’s a little difficult.
If you read over one of these you’ll find the guy was followed from Canada to Finland and even to a place in the Middle East and he was still being monitored. And he found out that they actually would take over radio transmitting devices and follow him so that they could do it. It was a very important experiment. He couldn’t get rid of them. Anyway he tells the story. OK, next.
That’s what it’s called: Radio Hypnotic Intercerebral Control, RHIC. Radio, Hypnotic, Intercerebral, in the middle of the cerebral Control, RHIC. Intercerebral – inside the cerebral or in between the cerebral areas of the brain – Control. Apparently, when you radio transmit it you can actually hear the vibrations or the words or the thoughts coming through. That’s what they say, that’s what the witnesses say – the victims I should say. OK. And the other one.
The other one is what the guy was talking about when they asked him to sign the contract. It’s beyond the chemical erasure of memory. It’s called EDOM: Electronic Dissolution of Memory. All right.
So they have a chemical erasure of memory and an electronic one. I mean how do you like that for a “brave new world”? Nobody’s told you about this in the newspapers on the weekend, have they? That’s what they have developed here in America and I hope that your scientists in Europe are not that interested. Right.
OK, let’s go on.
“How did they get the people to give their OK to be implanted?”
They never did give their OK. They were in a hospital or in an old people’s home and they just did it. Some were done in a police station in Stockholm, Sweden. They’d give a guy a drug in his coffee in the jail and they’d stick one in so that they could keep track of the criminal. None of them gave permission. That’s why they are all upset about it. It was paid for, you know, by the experiments needed to be done. They’d give the hospital 500.000 dollars and say – We need 25 patients to do this on, and they say – Oh great, give us the money. That’s how they do it. No ethics involved in it at all. OK.
He’s saying there, which is also written in here, that this was done in the United States and he knows it was done in Russia and also in Sweden where Olof Palme gave permission in, when was it 74? 73 to insert brain transmitters into the heads from humans covertly without telling them.
And there are the stories of it. We have the stories right here. One Swedish story in there, a Finnish story and two other Swedes. OK.
He’s talking about the CIA, FBI, DEA alphabet soup of America. That is called in America “The Secret Government” with the CFR and the Trilateral people. And they are planning to stage a contact landing in the near future. See, they’ve kept it a secret so long, but now it’s starting to come up. Now they must stage or put a show on of these people actually coming and meeting them openly, you see what I mean? It’s just a show.
In the near future means within the next few years. This tape was made last summer and we know from other data, we have found out that we expect it by 1996 that they will have a contact landing with this their aliens and America, maybe even sooner. But also there’ll probably be another one this time, of another contact landing with some more friendly aliens. And maybe even a third one. There might be a whole alien scenario going on in the next 5 years, which everybody will be amazed about. OK, let’s go.
He’s telling you that some of their plans may be to stage an alien contact based on the fact they are having a war out in the galaxy somewhere, and by that time maybe it will be true. But it will be that they sort of “need our help”, you know, and “we’ve been secretly negotiating with them for years. We couldn’t let everybody know. It might scare everybody or the enemies might come and attack us.” Well all of that is gonna be bullshit. They won’t know what they are doing.
Next, he talks there only about this what we were saying about the genetic research. They say it’s the most important thing that humanity’s been working on for the last long time, you know. Taking a single human embryo, bringing it up in the laboratory to a full formed whatever and bringing it all the way through that in the laboratory, so they don’t need a woman anymore to do it. “And look at all the scientists,” he’s quoting here saying, “look at all the possibilities, they are endless!” you know. “We can create our own race.”
If this sounds familiar to you? A lot of you may have been in Germany for a while. Remember that all the files from the experimental camps in the experimental laboratories in Germany during the Third Reich were captured by the Americans. And I’m afraid to say – I’m not afraid to say, I will say it – but I’m sad to say being an American originally, abet now in exile, that the Americans are carrying on in that same implanter line.
Now I wanted the Germans to be the first people to know this, so I came to work in Germany, because I know you know already what that can do to your country and what can result from that. And you are finished with it. You already know. The Americans they don’t know and their government is doing it to them now. With many more billions of dollars of taxpayer money. OK… Yeah that’s right, they don’t have a leader. You don’t think George Bush is leading them, do you? So..
“If there’s also a spirit with the reproduced (body)?”
No, they won’t be able to do that, but they haven’t got to that exact phase here. What they try to do is keep the spirit suppressed. The thing with implanters, whenever you’re working with implanter scenarios, the whole idea is not let you even imagine that you’re a spirit. They try to make you think you can be controlled by all these genetic and mind control experiments and all of these things having to do with the body and with drugs and things.
Now that is always the way the implanters work. They always try to make you believe you are not even a spirit. And they got their idea from this about it from the experiments of the Russian Leizenko, the dogs. And what was the other one? Pavlov. The theory of “make the dog water his mouth and give him food”.
Or “how you control your baby kid with ice cream”. Oh no. Anyway there’ll be a day he doesn’t want the ice cream and he throws it at you and says, “No, I don’t want ice cream!” Then you’ll have to recognize he’s a spirit. Of course by that time he may be 21 years old and wants to marry the girl over there and you don’t want him to marry that girl, you see. He throws the ice cream down and says no. So ice cream doesn’t work forever, right?
He’s talking about one person that worked here on this level. He saw human-alien and human-animal combinations in cages alive. People or humans with wings, with many legs, with claws for hands or different webbed feet and so on. And cross between various species of animals in the experimental laboratories here and the zoo. And many of them could cry tears and ask for help in Earth language.
And they were told – as he is going to tell you know – they were told that these people, these were insane people and genetic freaks and told to the people who worked here: don’t talk to them. Of course before they let the guy out the top here they have to erase his memory. But some of them it didn’t work on and some of them had recalled it under hypnotism as you’ll find out later. Here’s level 6. (above image) He says level 7 is even worse. Thousands of human experiments and embryonic humans and mixtures in cold storage or frozen down here.
“Why frozen?”
’Cause they died. They need them for experiments later on, or they went wrong. Ah, come on. Have you ever been to a medical laboratory in a university? I have. Anybody been to a university, medical centers? All along the halls there’s big jars with embryos and pieces of people and all sitting in there.
They keep them, you know, for students and things. You know, if you have a special enlarged heart, it’s not gonna get buried with your body. It’s gonna go into a medical bowl, you know, in formaldehyde and sit there in university. OK, you just go up there, you see that. It’s just habit of scientists and medical people, they keep all this stuff. That’s right, they need it for students and for learning and so on. OK.
He’s talking there about the ones who were crying out to them for help and so on, and he said that some of them were even drugged to keep them quiet. And that they were told never to talk to these people and at first they believed it. They first believed the people they worked for, OK? That these people were involved in high drug experiments to cure their insanity and all this. OK, go on.
There are over 18.000, I gave you the wrong figure, I said 30.000, but there’s 18.000 aliens at this space, and he said that they had a war or sort of a… the people who were humans who worked here, some finally realized that something really weird here is going on. And apparently they had a little revolt down underground here. And some humans and some aliens were killed, not “a paar”, but about 30 or 40 on each side I think. And the place was closed down for a little while, because the aliens had taken over the place. And finally the government negotiated with them again and decided to continue with business as usual. They didn’t want to lose the high technology, you see.
We have found already in a different line of research that some of the latest “inventions and discoveries” are actually not being invented or developed by Earth people. It was technology given to them by the aliens and then they had to do a little scenario to have an earth person invent it, so it could look like it came from here. OK? And some of that… I can tell you a couple of those inventions right now.
One of them is what they call fiber optics, what they are changing all your telephone lines to. They found the fiber optics first on a captured spaceship in 1958 I believe. 20-30 years later you see it coming as a new invention. Guess what?
Remember we told you about the high electromagnetic field when they change the altitude or the course or the speed of a ship. Well they can’t have electromagnetic control relay-circuits in the ship, they can’t have that, because it would be interfered with every time they did the controls. All the ships had fiber-optics control systems. It was optical, light, (beam). Different frequency, couldn’t be affected by electromagnetics. Now you’ll have it in your telephone systems soon. It wasn’t invented by Earth people. Although if you look in the book you’ll find some name of somebody who invented it in the… maybe Rand Research Corporation.
“In the “Spielmagazine” was an article last week about optical switches in computers which are possible but can’t be used yet.” Yes well, it’s coming. OK, next.
He’s talking there about that people who were killed here, they were from – mostly the ones who were killed, 66 humans were killed – most from the security forces called the Delta Group, because they have a badge like this. That’s also a delta upside down, delta. And they were responsible for the security here and now he’s gonna tell you a little bit about that.
OK, he’s talking about there what we’ve already told you. That the security forces wear this symbol and this one is seen on some of the saucers and transport craft of the aliens and this is seen on the pockets of the government officials, high government officials of America. And he says that the security weapon they use here is called a flash-gun, whatever that is. It may be a high wavelength frequency that blinds you or does something to the body. But it’s useful against humans and aliens, he says, so they use it here in agreement, in case anybody tries to get away. OK. Go ahead.
He’s talking there about the security system where they have scales at each of the doors to these elevators and they weigh you. And you have an ID card you put in a slot and it reads the weight there that you’re supposed to be. And it varies. If it’s 3 pounds over a hundred then the security system guys come in, the guards.
They have elevators here, he’s talking next, that were put together, but they are not conventional elevators and the earth people couldn’t understand how they worked. But when they put them together they did work. And the lighting system and elevator system are somehow run electromagnetically and it’s not a technology that’s from Earth. All right, it doesn’t have wires to it, something else. Next.
He says everything is magnetically controlled in here. No conventional lightbulbs, no conventional wires. The system was installed in the construction of the walls and floors and it worked afterwards, all electromagnetic. And so, that’s what they have here. OK.
Now he’s talking about the area around Dulce has suffered a high number of cattle mutilations and captured people who disappeared probably into some of these experiments. And they found out the aliens also need parts of the cattle for their own experiments and nutrients. They somehow absorb nutrients through their skin and they don’t have a functioning digestion system and they require large amounts of human blood. Sounds a bit like Dracula. Right. For their nutrient.
The aliens always required large amount of human beings for their experiments, their own experiments down here. And he’s talking about in the 4 decades, 50’ies, 60’ies, 70’ies, 80’ies, how they increased the amounts of humans they needed to capture or take away from different places. And how pretty soon it got out of hand although they had an agreement with the government that all they had to do was give the name and address of the person they took to the government so that they could explain it away.
You see, but after a while they were just taking them and pretty soon the government realized they didn’t have any defense against these people. There was nothing they could do about it. They couldn’t catch their flying saucers, they couldn’t match their weaponry, and they had to just keep going along with them.
All right, OK, next.
“Is there any information how old these bodies get? Of the aliens?”
Not here. But they apparently can die pretty easy. They don’t have a very long life but nothing miraculous. They actually make themselves in genetic laboratories. Yeah, and they just take the new body, the spirit takes a new body. They are like a herd animal, like they have.. like bees or something or like people who are controlled by implanters.
He’s talking there that the future could bring a whole transformation of humanity through genetics or a whole one world Fascist state. And he’s saying that there are two divisions of this in the Government or America. One group is having second thoughts and they want to tell the people what’s happening. Especially these people who work there and the army officers and the security people and they have some friends in the big government. And the others wanna keep covering it up as long as they are safe. OK, so let’s go on.
He’s talking about some research that’s going on in some other areas, and it’s mostly the same thing but with a whole lot of other names. But he says here on level 4 they are doing more experiments on how to control human beings, investigating aura research, mind control and the genetic control through injections or food particles or different ways, biological and genetic and chemical ways of controlling people and other mind control and hypnotic ways and so on to induce full control of humans.
All right, so this is where you’re having – the humans – how to control the humans out there outside of the base. And these are the ones where you are experimenting on what kinds of humans can they put out there that are already under control.
Now he’s talking about there, he says entering an era of ’technologicalization’ of psychic powers. Now that is just another word for implanting. Implanters always want to control people especially through their thoughts. They still want you to work, they still want you to consume, but they wanna control you. The easiest way is to make you think the way they want you to think.
Then you don’t see the chains. Some of the old control methods and some of the current ones. There’s a few other tricks, but that’s the main ones. Now what they’re trying to do is commercialize this in America and export it out and get the American public first, or maybe some other public of their friendly allies to accept it. And from that point you can start to control the whole world. All right – yeah, that’s right. Go ahead.
————————————————————————————————–
END OF VIDEO TAPE 1 Capt. Bill Robertson “UFO Lecture 2” 1990
Transcript from video
He just went on to relate some stories that he had confirming the presence of UFO’s around these areas and other people he’s talked to.
And also he talked about seeing himself a couple of large ships around Area 51, which is an area like this but in Nevada that were travelling very slowly at 25 miles an hour = 40 km an hour, and also some small saucer shaped crafts that were accompanying them and landed on the ground and left burn-circles on the ground where they landed.
But in essence he’s going to show you how. We’re going to see a video, on the video of a program that was done in Las Vegas with John Lear and Cooper, Mr. Cooper. OK, go ahead. I think we do a better event than they do. It gets better.
This is Cooper (left image) here and that is John Lear (right image). This is the ex-naval intelligence guy, and this is the son of the Lear jet. Now what he’s going to tell you and which is running through ’cause he is just telling you how he used to brief the top level naval personnel, admirals and so on in the US Navy about UFO’s and aliens.
Essentially that the Americans had made deals with them. And we’ll just play that through. You can catch most of it. If there’s any new data I haven’t told you we’ll stop it, OK?
He’s saying there that the operations of the UFO’s and the arrangements with them are outside the control of the government, the elected government, sorry. Not the secret government: the CIA, FBI, Trilateral all that. OK?
And he says that it is conducted under secret department of the Navy. If you remember the project “Blue Book” in America? It was done by the Air Force. That was all a scenario. It was the Navy all the time that had the real information. They’ve traced the documents and the expenses for these bases and all to secret navy projects. And our friend Arnold Herman has gone out to the desert in California and found large naval bases out in the desert.
They have very tight security, and this is probably what was underneath then, one of these. See what I mean? So it’s the Navy that’s doing this. And he was intelligence in the Navy. He’s gonna tell now what he briefed the admirals and their reaction. And he said that of course they wouldn’t have been in those positions unless they would keep shut up about it.
We have… He also mentions here one of the secret, secret government branches. It’s called MJ 12. And they are the ones that directly are the brain trust, the Grey eminencies that decide on all alien-human questions. They were set up right after World War II by Truman, probably on the orders of Roosevelt. Now, also he says that a lot of the projects, when they couldn’t get enough money from Congress for the secret naval projects, they did it, the money, by the illegal sale of drugs to Americans.
You’ve heard people saying for many years that the CIA was involved in smuggling drugs into America, and that the Vietnamese war was fought to protect the Golden Triangle of drug operation in Cambodia. And you probably heard all these stories, hut you didn’t know where the money was going. Even that they were shipping back drugs to America in the bodies, sewn up in the bodies of dead soldiers in plastic bags, of course. The bodies probably went here and the drugs went to the Americans. But now we know where all those billions were going.
They were going into these kind of bases. They cost a lot of money to build. They now have over 6000 scientists hired just to work on these experiments, mind controls and genetics. OK? So that’s what we’re looking at. Go ahead.
OK. He’s talking about that this president, meaning George Bush, may have more involvement with these projects than any other president. Because he was also the deputy commander of the CIA before he came to office. And he was also involved apparently in these oil company, offshore oil company helping to smuggle drugs into America for the CIA. That’s what they are claiming from people who worked there. All right, go ahead. What he’s talking about now is…this is out on a site near one of these bases, Broom Lake in Nevada, and he’s saying that they just saw one of these UFO’s coming in to the base, just like we saw on that picture, remember the little one coming uuuhhhhh like that.
And unfortunately they didn’t show a picture of it here, it was a very bad recording. But they showed it on this television program, and after that the interviewer asked him, you know – Why didn’t we get a picture of it? And he tells him that he was looking through binoculars at it, hut somebody else was taking the picture.
But anyway he goes on like that. And then both of these men, John Lear and Bill Cooper, they both say that they are going to get out of this business, because nobody’s believing them, you see? Nobody’s believing them. They have all these documents from people who worked there and everything.
And Bill Cooper has written to congressmen, and nobody’s taking any notice.
“Like under Adolf Hitler. Everybody is afraid.”
Yeah that’s a good point. Everybody was afraid and here they are going – Ah, I don’t wanna believe it either, oh yeah, don’t wanna listen to that. So I tell you it’s a very terrible time in America with this starting to come up. Everybody pretending it’s not happening. ja¡. OK see.
They’re gonna have a very interesting thing here. It’ll come in just a minute about one of the presidents since Truman who was not a member of MJ 12, and when he heard about what they were doing he wanted to tell the American people immediately. And they killed him. Guess which president that was. Kennedy. Right. And they have a picture here of some previously unreleased camera of the assassination of Kennedy. And they’re saying that the reason he was killed was because he would not cooperate with this project, unless the American public was told exactly what was happening.
And in the picture you’ll see it’s actually the driver of the car (this is just an ad), actually turns around and shoots another bullet into Kennedy. His own bodyguard! That sounds familiar? How many world leaders have been killed by their own bodyguards recently? Ah… Indira Ghandi. Ja! President of Egypt, Saddat. President Kennedy. Let’s see. They’re gonna show this. Very interesting. First time it’s been seen.
He’s talking about the UFO, what it was doing. He’s talking about the man who told them where to go and take the pictures. It was a government scientist and after the day, they were caught out there by the security people. The government’s scientist was taken in custody and put a gun to his ear, and he briefed him on exactly why did he tell these guys to go out there. So they are not nice about this stuff.
You see these guys were on public land just outside the base saying they were there to photograph UFO’s, and they were still very much…. well they were hauled in by the police and by the military. So what are they hiding? This is about Kennedy. Kennedy wanted to tell the public about the saucers.
Here we go, here’s the tape. Watch this. They show it twice. There’s the car. They go back and show it in slow motion. Kennedy’s in this seat, the driver is here. This is the driver. You see his arm? Bump. Here’s the explosion of the gun. You see here his arm. It’s very hard to see. The guy’s looking like that. There’s the gun – the gun. Jacqueline Kennedy tries to get out of the car.
Jacqueline tries to get out of the car. So why try to get out of the car? Because she saw that the guy in the front seat had also turned around and gave a shot into the president. There’s another film that’s floating around, I’ve seen it on special television in France taken by another amateur. There’s another man with a rifle standing across shooting into the car like this. So that’s two other weapons other than the one they reported being fired from the building where Oswald was.
Now this is what, 25 years later, and these films are just starting to come out, because in the first few months after Kennedy was killed there were at least 14 other people killed, who had taken photographs at the parade. And they all died mysteriously. So nobody who had a film after that they wanted to show, oh. But now after 25 years those people are getting old, they are gonna die, and they have started trying to get them around. So now the truth is coming out. OK.
Now even more truth, that one of the real reasons he was assassinated was because of this scenario. There may be other reasons as well, but that was the main. Because that never came out full until now. I think that is finished. No, one more thing.
OK, he’s telling you there that they were wondering why nobody ever came forward with these stories, except for the one or two that came to them with their reports. And they found out that they were using this Project Orion Technique: That when you work in one of these bases you sign a contract agreeing to the erasure of your memory. And they believe it’s done with hypnotics, hypnotic drugs and a suggestion after you leave that you don’t remember what you did that day. And that after the whole job your contract is over they do a chemical erasure of your entire memory of the thing.
OK. Now that’s what they explain to this man, and then after this program the station was called by more telephone calls than they ever had in their whole history. You see? And that was Las Vegas, Nevada last summer. Now you’re gonna hear Bill Cooper, and he’s gonna tell you what happened to him. And I told you he’d been shot a couple of times, lost a leg and he’s got a head injury.
He is now…. He is telling you there how he lost his leg and his head has been shot, and how his wife and he cannot get a job in America anymore. The top people were put on the enemy’s list in America. And for the reason why? Because we know so much about spiritual things, we could be also exposing this. My goodness – we are doing it.
And this gentleman has also had the same experience. He says that he has known for 17 years that Americans were being killed in experiments of this kind and because of the agreements that the government, the secret government, made with the aliens. And finally he found it very hard to live with that knowledge. He tried to get it out, and that’s when he was attacked. We’re gonna take a break right after this, so be ready for your coffee.
He makes an important point here again, it’s not very long. Go ahead.
He’s telling people to go research this themselves. That the data on these groups – Trilateral people, the US Government, MJ 12 and the people who run the secret establishments – is available, if you research it enough in your library and your government records. So he’s asking people to go and look it up for themselves, so they will find out who is on the MJ 12 Committee. But you never see the names in the newspapers. And he wants them to get a reality for themselves.
He’s talking about George Bush now.
All the CIA Directors, all the Secretaries of State were all members of the Council on Foreign Relations and also the MJ 12, includes Kissinger. They are the people that rule the nation. He’s telling about George Bush was called upon by the committee to smuggle the drugs in through his offshore oil platforms in 1955. There are no customs on the oil platforms. It’s all for the alien projects. This secret government is killing America’s children with drugs. They have made agreements with the alien nation from another planet to rule the world.
He talks about some of the economic scenarios they are planning. That it’s mainly concerning with the debt problem that they really want to have there. Because they can make the United States’ currency almost worthless at any time they want. Bring everybody under control with the credit-cards and a mark on the forehead or the back of their hand, which is an old carrying through the scenario from the bible, which the aliens admitted that they had been around putting in information about 2000 years ago.
He says that President Truman was one of the first presidents to know about the aliens. We know that Roosevelt knew about them, though. And that they found a crashed saucer, one of these flying saucers near Roswell, New Mexico with dead aliens in it.
And then it had to be brought to his notice, and that’s when he set up the committee, probably on orders from Roosevelt, who had left orders that if this happened you must do this.
Yeah, don’t forget that Roosevelt was the one that cut up Germany and gave all those countries to Russia. He wasn’t a very nice guy either. He also dropped atomic bombs on human beings in a non-military scenario. Civilians.
Now he’s gonna tell you how many saucers they found, ’cause they were all coming for some reason into this area of New Mexico and… right in that area with Texas and New Mexico in America. He says there were over 47 crashed saucers in that area. 53: 10 more. 26 alien bodies recovered. Why? They don’t know. We do. You’ll find out.
Now he’s talking about the government law documents that were put out to deal with this alien question. And actually they set up the CIA with the purpose to actually handle the alien question as one of their main purposes. Also to carry on with the intelligence, overseas intelligence, that they inherited from the Office of Special Operations at the end of the war. And also he set up the MJ 12 Committee to oversee everything and be there all the time no matter who the president was.
“Is he still living?”
Who?
“This guy here?”
Cooper? Oh yes still alive. The last we know, it was only last summer. “He was alive in November.” Some very interesting data coming up here, just a minute.
Oh, the Jason Scholars were also the scientists who were involved in this, also associate members of the C of R. These are the documents and the names of the committee, which all means the same thing: MJ 12.
He says also that they later had a… during the Watergate, remember the Watergate flap in America? They were investigating the intelligence community and the president after Nixon, which was Ford, Ford yeah… He set up a committee to investigate the intelligence committee, and the chairman of the committee was a member of MJ 12: Nelson Rockefeller.
So of course he found everything….”Oh well, we just have to control them a little more,” and then they moved MJ 12 into the government to do that. So they used that flap to gain more control. So now the MJ 12 are officially advisors to the United States Government. Before they were unofficial. Now they are by law a special committee.
Now he’s telling in 55 Kissinger became the director of the study group for MJ 12. And they couldn’t tell anybody what they were studying. They were really studying this. But they told the newspapers that they were studying what Kissinger had written about in his college days, something about some political implications and this kind of thing, just bullshit. They just used a book that Kissinger had written in college. They said, we’re studying that.
“What did they really do?”
Handling the alien question all the time: more money, more bases, more experiments, how to get the money for it, all that. That’s what they were really doing. He says that was the cover, it was just about this book that Kissinger had written.
What Reagan did when he came into office, he hid the whole thing behind an executive border, and everybody went back to doing what they were doing before with the MJ 12 Committee under a new name and out of the view of the American public. And that was the deal he made to stay in office after they tried to kill him. Remember?
He says he doesn’t expect to live longer than one year. He says that you need to get off your butt and do something about this.
He’s trying to restore the Constitution and make it impossible for secret societies to run the United States again and restore the original laws of America. He says he’s not advocating revolution, but he said something must be done, or that a nation of free people is finished!
He says that they have the power now that they could come and take anyone with a saucer piloted by aliens or humans, ’cause the secret bases they’ve taught the American pilots to fly these things. And they could come and take anyone away, and no one would ask any questions. Anybody who tried to say anything would just be laughed at. They’d say, You’re just another UFO nut.
Now here’s the important part. He says there are good aliens. But to them we must look like the craziest people in the universe, because everybody on the planet is always killing each other. He says there hasn’t been 20 years without war in the last 2000 years.
He said that the aliens visited Edward’s Airforce Base, the good aliens, in 1954 and told president Eisenhower, who they met there, that they would give their help, if the Americans would destroy their atomic and nuclear weapons. And Eisenhower took this information to the MJ 12, who by the way most of them, Rockefeller and all, they make their fortunes about making atomic weapons and rockets, and so they refused to have anything to do with it. See? Go ahead.
They said that they would have to be invited to help. They would not force themselves upon Earth, ’cause then they would be just as bad as the Greys. So obviously that side knows about the Greys, and they know that they are of the implanter type. So who are these good guys? Well we’re gonna go into that right after the break and find out how the whole scenario fits up on the interplanetary and galactic and intergalactic level. That’ll be part III.
But now we have to go into the entire scenario of the planet and the galaxy and the intergalactic scenario. And we’ll begin with this chart here. Remember in the last part Mr. Cooper said there are good aliens. Nobody invited them in, because most of your governments are connected up already with aliens. We know that the United States is connected up with the implanters. These guys. That’s their real bodies. They also take Earth bodies.
A lot of aliens on this planet would not be different from anyone else. They may look like Nordic people from Norway or Sweden or they may look like small five foot high indians from South America. There are many alien cultures interested in this planet. But even the governments don’t know why.
But we do. OK, let’s start off.
Here’s the Earth and here is… I drew Mars here in red, the Moon and Venus and the Sun.
So what have we got here? We’ve got… Well in the first film that I showed you, Alternative 3, you saw a base, implanter base on Mars. In Cooper’s lecture and Hamilton’s we talked, he talked about a base on the backside of the Moon. And in Alternative 3 they also talked about that. These are controlled by the implanters.
Now we also know that there are some very mysterious happenings in government security and secrecy about Antarctica, Antarctica. This has persisted even since the Third Reich. So there is something down there, and we suspect it is another base, just like the Dulce base. Maybe with more places for ships to land.
We know from our Australian friends there’s a place called “Pine Gap“, and it’s in the middle of Australia run by the Americans and the CIA. And nobody is allowed in there. We do know that they have a deep underground base there. A lot of Australians had to work on the project and they say most of it is underground. So we can assume there is a secret underground implanter base in Australia. “Pine Gap“. We know from the video here there are other bases in the United States and it says “West USA Underground Bases” here.
Now we also have, since you read Sector 9, or when you read Sector 9, you’ll know that the Marcabians and implanters were together at one time. And then came a thing called “The Free Zone Decree” and the exile of one of the chief implanters and that they split. They both want to control the world, but the implanters wanna do it with just what we were talking about.
And the Marcabians want to do it now with their specialties, which is administration, paperwork and money. Economic pressures. You’ll find out that it’s just as effective, except that it is a little bit nicer, because it doesn’t hurt you mentally, put something up your nose.
You’re merely controlled by economics, paperwork and what the newspapers write to you every day. So that’s another method of planetary control. And you can take the scenarios of paper and economics and so on, and you can control people with that. And you can take the things of doctors and medicine and drugs and biology and genetics and small radio transmitters in the brain. You can control people like that.
So there’s a third group, a real alternative 3, who control people through truth and freedom so they can control themselves. And that’s what we call The Free Zone. You have around Europe and in Australia and in South America and in the United States several of these places. Now in between all of these are the mass of humanity that are being tried to be controlled by all the other groups. And we know why. And we are the only ones that know why, ’cause they won’t tell you. Why?
Because! We now have to bring out another chart. And now we look at the intergalactic picture. Now you will be, besides in…., you’ll be the first to see this chart, because not even in Paris, I didn’t even have this chart.
So you’ll be the first to really understand what is happening. OK.
We have here Galaxy 1. That’s the one we’re in.
Here is Sector O in the middle, Sector 9 down this way, and down here way down here we find here is Sun 12 – Teegeeack, right here. And we have here Earth right next to it. And then we have the Marcab Confederacy up here at the North Star, around the North Star, round Polaris. And then we have Betelgeuse. That’s in the constellation Orion. And then we have, what have we got here? Oh yeah.
This is just a representation that you would have in every sector. You would have a main ship patrolling that sector from the Galactic Patrol from this galaxy.
And they are dedicated to preserving civilizations with the maximum freedom for the individual. And obviously those good aliens that we were talking about were either friends of or members of the Galatic Patrol. They don’t believe in enforcing their will on anyone. So that is representative of the Central Government of this galaxy. Now the Marcabians used to be allied with those guys from Andromeda, which is the next galaxy over here, Galaxy 0.
Now that was in the past, and that’s why they had so much trouble in this sector. Now let’s look at where they are coming from. Here’s the Galaxy 0. Now why do we call it Galaxy 0, and why do we call this one 1?
Because if you look at all of life as being a game, the game actually started over here with beings coming in and starting life forms and so on like that. All right, and this is where the game got started. The first place it spread to was this galaxy. It’s the nearest one to that one.
Now, you will also notice that in 1950 Ron came along with some technology to free beings called Dianetics. Now he was doing a project which was to assist the freeing of beings. And he also had a lot of help from the Galactic Patrol and the people who are representing this galaxy’s citizens in Sector 0. There’s a little star sitting above the central core of the galaxy called The Pearl and Central is a planet that goes around it. It’s a very beautiful place. That’s where the Grand Council meets.
Now they were the ones that spotted with LRH’s help that the implanter connection with the Marcabians was what was ruining or messing up the help of Sector 9. And therefore they ordered the exile finally of the chief implanter. And he was taken back to Galaxy 0. That’s where he came from. Now this galaxy, although it was the start of the game, it was also the start of the implanting game.
When thetans begin to play a game, if there’s somebody who wants to interfere with that game, they can’t interfere unless there’s something there. So they have to wait until something gets there and then they try to mess it up. And that’s where you get almost the definition of a suppressive person. They have no power of their own. They can only exist on the power of others to create and to have a game.
So we have both of the starting points here and not everyone in the galaxy is bad. But a lot of them are grey. And the civilized greys, not the ones who are like a herd animal or a beehive…
By the way you’ll read in some of these articles that people who have talked with the Greys in these bases and research say that they cannot exist as individuals. They have to have this formation of superior rule all the time, the herd animal . And they refer to their senior back here as “The Keeper”.
That’s very interesting when we started researching Excalibur. We found that everyone contacted that had any implanter connections, had a phenomenon called “The Holder” . “The Keeper” and “The Holder” . It’s the same thing. We found researching Excalibur which I’ve never told you, because not all of you are on Excalibur, but I can tell now, because it’s out here in the open. And we didn’t want to say it . Because everybody would think that we were crazy that the top holders, the top keepers were in Andromeda. We knew that many years ago.
Now you have these articles that say implanters have come from Andromeda. At first they told everybody they only came from Betelgeuse, but I knew that they must have only come there because they have a water planet there, and they needed water and material for their sustenance and for their food and for their ships.
And we know that they were lying about this, and when I first heard about this United States-thing, somebody wrote me and said – Hey- did you know this is happening? And these guys are from Betelgeuse? I wrote him back and said – They are not from Betelgeuse, they are from Andromeda, even though that may be outside your reality that they came from so far away .
Later in November last year a friend found this article or got this article from a contact at the convention and you can read that little place:
“The aliens come from the constellation M 31 in Andromeda,” says Moser. “It’s not surprising, for this galaxy is the next to this one, but still it is incredible that they have found us.”
When I saw that I said – The cat is out of the bag. The lid is off. And that article is also saying they made agreements with 14 countries of this planet. All right, I said. That’s it. That’s what it is. That agrees with everything we were finding out. If we told people this they’d say – Ah, you’re crazy. Here it is in the newspaper coming out .
“Who has sent out this article?”
I don’t know. This guy in Florida brought it out from a guy in Australia who has a contact in the UN. I don’t know him.
“The article was in a small newspaper from Florida and was passed on at a press conference to an Austrian member of the Bilderbergers. It was told that he had sources in the UN and most likely it is Waldheim.”
There you are. So the lid is coming off. But we know already. But who would believe it? But I’m saying now you’ve got to understand what’s gonna happen in the next 10 years. Now this is what’s happening now.
Even in the ancient Egypt you will find, as Eric von Daniken did, examples of genetic experiments. Yes, genetic experiments in the tombs of Egypt. The bones together of men and animals, but they were in the same grave, the same sepulcher, casket. Yeah, and everyone else thought they had been mixed up, but Eric von Daniken saw that the casket was sealed. And he knew that the Egyptians weren’t that stupid. He said that was an experiment.
That is why they are getting the Americans to develop all these control methods. Why didn’t they just come and say – Look, we’re gonna blow you out of the sky, if you don’t give us all your land and your government and your technology and your weapons and your gold. They don’t want that!
They can’t have a game unless you are consuming and producing something. They just wanna control you. You see what I mean? That’s their game. That’s why they’re hiding underground using humans in experiments, giving their technology in exchange for teaching Americans how to control people better. And I might say the stupid Americans bought it, at least the MJ 12 Committee and the guys at the top.
And the people who want freedom like Cooper and the other people who talked here, they’re losing everything. But they are correct. They have the right and they have the truth. But you see what it’s doing to them. But as Cooper said in his lecture – If you don’t handle this, we must solve it some way or it’s all over. He’s talking about America, a little tiny place on this planet. But he’s saying the right thing and it applies to the whole game. All right.
So that is all happening. Our job is only to inform people correctly about their choices. So you have that information now. And this is the first step, first step on making this a world-wide project. For years you’ve heard nothing, or you’ve heard lies or scenarios or cover-ups. But now it’s time for the truth to come out, and it will come.
Now we don’t want it to come with big war or anything like that. There are very few people in MJ 12, very few people comparatively that work with the aliens compared to the number of people that if they found out all this data they would say – No, I don’t wanna work with you, forget it. Forget it!
So most people want a better game. They want to help people. They wanna help themselves and their family and all their dynamics. So we leave it to those points I told you: Let other people know, so that you can spread the data, so that you can study the data yourself. So you can go up the bridge yourself, restore your self determinism, free will. And that you may even want to get trained and help others.
You are in the forefront, the leading edge of the future of this planet. First because you now know what all the game is about, and you are in a position to do something about it. And if you do something about it all of these other scenarios will become powerless. You will have the decision.
This meeting here will decide what the relationship of individuals from this galaxy and this galaxy are. In other words it’s the first intergalactic cooperation in a long time. This could produce as I said earlier a third landing force in the 1990’ies. The good Greys and the people from Central or Sector 9.
Now we know that the implanters, the Marcabians and the, shall we say good people that want freedom from both galaxies are all rushing, are all hurrying to get this landing done at the right time without having panic or war or anything like that, but to put in their own viewpoint and bring the people of this planet to some kind of understanding.
Now we know that the implanters will push their own line to try and mess it up a little. They will all try to say they are right. But the implanters will do it in a strange way: They will give you the problem and then sell you the solution. That problem may be biological or genetic illness and only they have the cure, so you’d better vote for them. That’s the way they work. They give you the problem then they sell you the solution. They got you!
The Marcabians will say – Look how good you’re doing under this new administrative system of the one Europe that goes all the way to Russia. Except every year it’s a little harder to pay your taxes and live at the same time. Yeah. If you don’t believe me, go check the tourist places in Europe. They’re having trouble. They can’t understand why things are going better in Europe. How come there’s less tourists coming?
You can feel it under the surface. People do not have enough money each year. It is control coming slowly but surely on that administrative and economic line. The more government the more taxes. It’s going to come, it’s coming.
I know that everyone will see it in inflation or lessening buying power. But that is a minor problem, you still have your free will and you can vote. But if your governments start buying solutions from America to control people with drugs and genetics and “special treatments of the mind”, you haven’t got a chance. So that’s the game.
Now your handling, as I said before, is inform yourself, research it yourself, get up the bridge, get trained, let other people know, so that they can intelligently decide for themselves.
Actually the change of a whole society can be the change of just the idea. The Marcabians and implanters know this very well. If they can make you believe you are a sick body, everybody’s afraid to eat this or drink that or smoke that, they got you under control. You’re afraid not to send in a piece of paper, you’re afraid that your money’s not enough, they got you under control. See?
But if you know all this and you can spread the information around, because we have a video of this whole event, and it can be shown in Germany as many times as you need. You see? It’s in German as well. We can cause an idea that spreads and will change the entire civilization. Not the good things. That carries on. Just the interference, just the suppression.
Because people by hoping to get things better are giving their power to those who would suppress them. Because those people never tell you all the things they’re doing to suppress you. They keep secrets, and that is what you’re getting up against. They say it’s going to be better, but it’s not. You may think the borders are going to be open, but when you pull up they search your car. You may think that taxes are going down over here, but as the British found out they now put on the poll tax. A poll tax, a head tax, on the head.
Now, the power is with the individual. All the government people know that. All the implanters know that and they’re afraid of it. That’s why they have to convince you that they’re only acting in your best interest. But they don’t tell you everything, do they?
I told you more today than you probably found out in your newspapers in 20 years about why your planet is important and what is going on behind these scenes. You see? And I could only get it together in the last few years to see exactly how it all fit together. And have the evidence with which I could come here and say – Well yeah, we have some paper on that, we have pictures on this, we have here some charts and here is this, and we also have it confirmed from our sessions. But who’s going to listen to me, if I just came and said – Hey, I found out about this in session? Nobody.
What we’re actually saying here is that the technical project is a success. We have the proof of the technical project being a success, because what we found out there and handled turns out that it’s actually the real stuff that’s happening on the planet that nobody was talking about.
It wasn’t just hallucinations. It wasn’t just an idea. It was the truth. So you go up the bridge, you’ll find it out for yourself. But don’t believe that these other people on this planet know all of what I’m telling you here. They don’t. Not even those grey aliens know all. They just “vork on die orders” of the Keeper. You see what I mean?
And the Marcabians don’t know everything either. Oh, they think they do. But they only know what they have to do to keep their status. And that’s coming down from Marcab. At least they are not doing implanting anymore. But remember it’s not all that cleanly cut as I’m saying. You always have Marcabians who are working for the implanters and implanters that are infiltrating the Marcabians, and people that try to take us over and fail. And we are always going inside their lines and look and see what they are doing.
But basically you have all the truth here. And you have the decision, and you have now the data with which you can see what it’s doing and who is doing it.
So without the help of Ron and the beginning of the tech project we could not have done this. And what is the key to all this that he gave us? He didn’t just say – Here’s the tech project and one or two of you can do it, and maybe you go free. He set up a system where one person could help another. Now that is what differentiates a real games master from interference people and just take-over people.
You notice the implanters are not teaching anyone how to help anybody. You heard what they had down there on level 5 and 6 and 7. And the Marcabians are not here to help you, because they still want to maintain the control. They’ll let you have a little freedom as long as you conform. But they don’t teach you how to help each other, because if you could help each other you might grow big and expand and get free.
You might start your own company and make a better car than the Mercedes. Yeah. You see? So they ain’t gonna help you either. They will allow you to exist. And the implanters will also allow you to exist. But you won’t even know it. OK. So that is the game and that is the control measures and thanks to LRH we have the way out.
We never until this moment understood all of what he was saying and how wide it covers. It’s a whole intergalactic game and it has something to do with this planet. And now you are in possession of as much truth as we know about at the moment on the intergalactic scenario.
You know more than the leaders of your government. You know more than the MJ 12 Committee. If they’ve heard any rumors about this they’re afraid of it. And they can’t believe it. The implanters have told them We have all the power, we have all the technology, you know. But they don’t, you see? So you have now more truth and knowledge about what is happening on this planet than anyone else. What are you gonna do about it?
I think that you might all agree at this point that an idea can influence a whole civilization. And the idea of a free zone planet where everyone can choose for themselves, if they know all the data, I think you’ll agree that that’s a pretty good idea.
You know something? Because of the rules and regulations that have been laid down, decrees about this area, no one can stop you from doing that. They can try to interfere with you and all that. You might find it a little hard to get it done, but you’ll also find a lot of cooperation. Because people are tired of being lied to all the time. They really know deep down there is some truth somewhere.
So it would be a good idea to get this around on a proper gradient with perhaps the help of the video and so on like that. Invite your friends and so on. Make it into a big thing. And you’ll find that all of a sudden you know what that story in the newspaper means. You know when this comes. Oh yeah, I know about that, Yeah. See? You’re in a position of power on this datum. And one of the rules of power: Don’t disconnect. Use your connections to spread the power. OK?
Again I thank LRH for the opportunity and the chance to do this. And I thank all of you for being here, because you have in your hands now the key to the future. Use it well!
Thank you very much. OK. Thank you very much for coming.
The Billionaire Family Pushing Synthetic Sex Identities (SSI)
The wealthy, powerful, and sometimes very weird Pritzker cousins have set their sights on a new God-like goal: using gender ideology to remake human biology
Philanthropist Jennifer Pritzker, at left, and Illinois Gov. J.B. PritzkerPHOTO ILLUSTRATION: TABLET MAGAZINE; ORIGINAL PHOTOS: VINCE TALOTTA/TORONTO STAR VIA GETTY IMAGES; E. JASON WAMBSGANS/CHICAGO TRIBUNE/TRIBUNE NEWS SERVICE VIA GETTY IMAGE
One of the most powerful yet unremarked-upon drivers of our current wars over definitions of gender is a concerted push by members of one of the richest families in the United States to transition Americans from a dimorphic definition of sex to the broad acceptance and propagation of synthetic sex identities (SSI). Over the past decade, the Pritzkers of Illinois, who helped put Barack Obama in the White House and include among their number former U.S. Secretary of Commerce Penny Pritzker, current Illinois Gov. J.B. Pritzker, and philanthropist Jennifer Pritzker, appear to have used a family philanthropic apparatus to drive an ideology and practice of disembodiment into our medical, legal, cultural, and educational institutions.
I first wrote about the Pritzkers, whose fortune originated in the Hyatt hotel chain, and their philanthropy directed toward normalizing what people call “transgenderism” in 2018. I have since stopped using the word “transgenderism” as it has no clear boundaries, which makes it useless for communication, and have instead opted for the term SSI, which more clearly defines what some of the Pritzkers and their allies are funding—even as it ignores the biological reality of “male” and “female” and “gay” and “straight.”
The creation and normalization of SSI speaks much more directly to what is happening in American culture, and elsewhere, under an umbrella of human rights. With the introduction of SSI, the current incarnation of the LGBTQ+ network—as distinct from the prior movement that fought for equal rights for gay and lesbian Americans, and which ended in 2020 with Bostock v. Clayton County, finding that LGBTQ+ is a protected class for discrimination purposes—is working closely with the techno-medical complex, big banks, international law firms, pharma giants, and corporate power to solidify the idea that humans are not a sexually dimorphic species—which contradicts reality and the fundamental premises not only of “traditional” religions but of the gay and lesbian civil rights movements and much of the feminist movement, for which sexual dimorphism and resulting gender differences are foundational premises.
Through investments in the techno-medical complex, where new highly medicalized sex identities are being conjured, Pritzkers and other elite donors are attempting to normalize the idea that human reproductive sex exists on a spectrum. These investments go toward creating new SSI using surgeries and drugs, and by instituting rapid language reforms to prop up these new identities and induce institutions and individuals to normalize them. In 2018, for example, at the Ronald Reagan Medical Center at the University of California Los Angeles (where the Pritzkers are major donors and hold various titles), the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology advertised several options for young females who think they can be men to have their reproductive organs removed, a procedure termed “gender-affirming care.”
The Pritzkers became the first American family to have a medical school bear its name in recognition of a private donation when it gave $12 million to the University of Chicago School of Medicine in 1968. In June 2002, the family announced an additional gift of $30 million to be invested in the University of Chicago’s Biological Sciences Division and School of Medicine. These investments provided the family with a bridgehead into the world of academic medicine, which it has since expanded in pursuit of a well-defined agenda centered around SSI. Also in 2002, Jennifer Pritzker founded the Tawani Foundation, which has since provided funding to Howard Brown Health and Rush Memorial Medical Center in Chicago, the University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences Foundation Fund, and the University of Minnesota’s Institute for Sexual and Gender Health, all of which provide some version of “gender care.” In the case of the latter, “clients” include “gender creative children as well as transgender and gender non-conforming adolescents …”
In 2012, J.B. Pritzker and his wife, M.K. Pritzker, worked with The Bridgespan Group—a management consultant to nonprofits and philanthropists—to develop a long-term strategy for the J.B and M.K. Pritzker Family Foundation. Their work together included conducting research on developments in the field of early childhood education, to which the foundation committed $25 million.
Ever since, a motivating and driving force behind the Pritzkers’ familywide commitment to SSI has been J.B.’s cousin Jennifer (born James) Pritzker—a retired lieutenant colonel in the Illinois Army National Guard and the father of three children. In 2013, around the time gender ideology reached the level of mainstream American culture, Jennifer Pritzker announced a transition to womanhood. Since then, Pritzker has used the Tawani Foundation to help fund various institutions that support the concept of a spectrum of human sexes, including the Human Rights Campaign Foundation, the Williams Institute UCLA School of Law, the National Center for Transgender Equality, the Transgender Legal Defense and Education Fund, the American Civil Liberties Union, the Palm Military Center, the World Professional Association of Transgender Health (WPATH), and many others. Tawani Enterprises, the private investment counterpart to the philanthropic foundation, invests in and partners with Squadron Capital LLC, a Chicago-based private investment vehicle that acquires a number of medical device companies that manufacture instruments, implants, cutting tools, and injection molded plastic products for use in surgeries. As in the case of Jon Stryker, founder of the LGBT mega-NGO Arcus Foundation, it is hard to avoid the impression of complementarity between Jennifer Pritzker’s for-profit medical investments and philanthropic support for SSI.
Pritzker also helps fund the University of Minnesota National Center for Gender Spectrum Health, which claims “the gender spectrum is inclusive of the wide array of gender identities beyond binary definitions of gender—inclusive of cisgender and transgender identities, gender queer, and nonbinary identities as a normal part of the natural expression of gender. Gender spectrum health is the healthy, affirmed, positive development of a gender identity and expression that is congruent with the individual’s sense of self.” The university, where Pritzker has served on the Leadership Council for the Program in Human Sexuality, provides “young adult gender services” in the medical school’s Institute for Sexual and Gender Health.
Pritzker’s philanthropy is also active in Canada, where Jennifer has helped fund the University of Toronto’s Bonham Centre for Sexual Diversity Studies, a teaching institution invested in the deconstruction of human sex. An instructor in the Bonham Centre and the curator of its Sexual Representation Collection—“Canada’s largest archival collection of pornography”—is transgender studies professor Nicholas Matte, who denies categorically that sexual dimorphism exists. Pritzker also created the first chair in transgender studies at the University of Victoria in British Columbia. The current chair, Aaron Devor, founded an annual conference called Moving Trans History Forward, whose keynote speaker in 2016 was the renowned transhumanist, Martine Rothblatt, who was mentored by the transhumanist Ray Kurzweil of Google. Rothblatt lectured there on the value of creating an organization such as WPATH to serve “tech transgenders” in the cultivation of “tech transhumanists.” (Rothblatt’s ideology of disembodiment and technological religion seems to be having nearly as much influence on American culture as Sirius satellite radio, which Rothblatt co-founded.) Rothblatt is an integral presence at Out Leadership, a business networking arm of the LGBTQ+ movement, and appears to believe that “we are making God as we are implementing technology that is ever more all-knowing, ever-present, all-powerful, and beneficent.”
We are making God as we are implementing technology that is ever more all-knowing, ever-present, all-powerful, and beneficent.Share
→︎TwitterFacebookEmailPrintLink
Copied link
For-profit medical corporations and nonprofit institutions that intersect with the goliath LGBT NGO infrastructure, many of which receive Pritzker funding, have created a political scaffolding to engineer the institutionalization of SSI ideology and medical practice in the United States—solidifying the concept of people being born in wrongly sexed bodies or wrongly being born in sexed bodies at all. At least two clinics in California are now providing nonbinary surgeries and nullification surgeries for individuals who feel both male and female, or like neither.
The Gender Multispeciality Service (GeMS) at Boston Children’s Hospital, “the first major program in the U.S. to focus on gender-diverse and transgender adolescents,” was founded in 2007. “Since that time,” says the GeMS website, “we have expanded our program to welcome patients from ages 3 to 25.” The first such clinic for children in the Midwest, the Gender & Sex Development Program at Lurie Children’s Hospital, opened in Chicago in 2013 with a $500,000-$1 million gift pledge from Pritzker. (The husband of Jean “Gigi” Pritzker, another cousin, sits on Lurie’s board of directors.) The Gender Mapping Project estimates that there are now thousands of similar “gender clinics” around the world, and over 400 that offer to medically manipulate the sex of children.
Like Stryker’s Arcus Foundation, the Pritzkers have forged a close relationship with the psychiatric establishment. The Pritzker Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Health at Lurie was launched with a $15 million gift from the Pritzker Foundation in 2019, and received another $6.45 million in 2022 to address “concerns about mental health consequences for children and adolescents arising from the COVID pandemic.” Illinois Gov. J.B. Pritzker, Jennifer’s cousin, signed into law SB 2085, Coverage of the Psychiatric Collaborative Care Model (CoCM)—the American Psychiatric Association’s model legislation requiring private insurers and Medicaid in Illinois to cover CPT codes for CoCM, which “requires a primary care (or other) physician or clinician to lead a team that includes a behavioral health care manager who checks in with patients at least once a month and an off-site psychiatric consultant who regularly reviews patients’ progress and offers advice.”
Jeanne Pritzker, married to J.B.’s brother Anthony, who is Jennifer’s cousin, is a training psychologist at UCLA where she and her husband established the Anthony and Jeanne Pritzker Family Scholarship to support medical students at UCLA’s David Geffen School of Medicine. Mrs. Pritzker is a member of the Board of Visitors at the Geffen School, which is affiliated with a children’s hospital named after Mattel—the multinational toy company that debuted a “transgender Barbie” recently made in the likeness of the actor Laverne Cox.
On June 30, 2019, Gov. Pritzker issued Executive Order 19-11, titled Strengthening Our Commitment to Affirming and Inclusive Schools, to welcome and support children with manufactured sex identities. A task force was established to outline statewide criteria for schools and teachers that recommended districts amend their school board policies “to strengthen protections for transgender, nonbinary, and gender nonconforming students.”
In August 2021, Gov. Pritzker signed into law a new sex education bill for all public schools in Illinois, the first of its kind designed in accordance with the second edition of the National Sex Education Standards (NSES) to update sex ed curricula in K-12 schools. Bill SB0 818 will be implemented on or before Aug. 1, 2022. Though the bill includes a written opt-out for parents (but not an alternative if they do opt-out), many are concerned with the material being brought into children’s schools under the auspices of teaching them sexual health—namely gender identity ideology and other related material.
FROM THE NATIONAL SEX EDUCATION STANDARDS
FROM THE NATIONAL SEX EDUCATION STANDARDS
FROM THE NATIONAL SEX EDUCATION STANDARDS
FROM THE NATIONAL SEX EDUCATION STANDARDS
The NSES manual was crafted by The Future of Sex Education Initiative (FoSE) and funded by the Grove Foundation, which in turn has also worked with the David and Lucile Packard Foundation (of Hewlett-Packard fortune) and Ford Foundation to institute Working to Institutionalize Sex Education (WISE)—“A national initiative that supports school districts in implementing sex education”—throughout the country. The Bridgespan Group, which assisted the Pritzkers with their philanthropic trajectory in 2012, was retained by the Packard Foundation to review its collaborative efforts across its investment portfolio and to report on a series of case studies, including the WISE initiative.
FoSE is a collaboration between three other organizations: The Sexuality Information and Education Council of the United States (Siecus), “a national, nonprofit organization dedicated to affirming that sexuality is a natural and healthy part of life”; Advocates for Youth, “partnering with youth leaders, adult allies, and youth-serving organizations to advocate for policies and champion programs that recognize young people’s rights to honest sexual health information”; and Answer, “which provides and promotes unfettered access to comprehensive sexuality education for young people.” Each of these is also funded by the Grove Foundation, whose fortune comes from the now-deceased Andrew Grove, former CEO of Intel Corporation.
FoSE has created a “scaffolding approach” to teaching kids about sex in public schools and teaching them very young. Its credo is that “not only are younger children able to discuss sexuality-related issues but that the early grades may, in fact, be the best time to introduce topics related to sexual orientation, gender identity and expression, gender equality, and social justice related to the LGBTQ community before hetero- and cisnormative values and assumptions become more deeply ingrained and less mutable.”
Critics of the NSES standards created by the FoSE collaborative and now being implemented in Illinois under Gov. Pritzker may have concerns about a 72-page manual in which the term “anal sex” comes up 10 times and the word “intimacy” only half as often. The word “gender,” for what it’s worth, is used 270 times.
While many Americans are still trying to understand why women are being erased in language and law, and why children are being taught they can choose their sex, the Pritzker cousins and others may be well on their way to engineering a new way to be human. But what could possibly explain the abrupt drive of wealthy elites to deconstruct who and what we are and to manipulate children’s sex characteristics in clinics now spanning the globe while claiming new rights for those being deconstructed? Perhaps it is profit. Perhaps it is the pleasure of seeing one’s own personal obsessions writ large. Perhaps it is the human temptation to play God. No matter what the answer is, it seems clear that SSI will be an enduring part of America’s future.
Jennifer Bilek is an investigative journalist living in New York City. She writes at The 11th Hour Blog and tweets @bjportraits.
GOP Gov Nixes Woke Trans Rules: No More Forced Pronouns and Bathroom Madness in Schools
Anyone who thinks Republicans and Democrats are essentially the same ought to consider what just happened in Virginia. Reversing the policies of his radical leftist Democratic predecessor, Republican Governor Glenn Youngkin has restored some sex-oriented normalcy in the Old Dominion state:
No longer must schoolgirls worry about boys claiming to be female displaying their private parts in the lasses’ restrooms or locker rooms (as happened with University of Pennsylvania swimmer Will Thomas). Nor will teachers and students be forced to use “others’” pronouns (e.g., ze, zir, zem), which makes sense since people don’t have pronouns — languages do.
The Virginia School board reversed woke policies in a new model that requires Trans students to use restrooms matching their birth certificate
Gov. Glenn Youngkin enacted new policies after his Democrat predecessor allowed students to choose which restrooms to use based on gender identity
Teachers are also not required to enforce gender pronouns in the classroom…
The new policies “reflect the Department’s confidence in parents to prudently exercise their fundamental right under the Fourteenth Amendment and the Virginia Constitution to direct the upbringing, education, and control of their children,” the guidelines state
For the uninitiated (innocent?), know that the now-overturned policies, instituted by ex-governor Ralph Northam, were so extreme that all a student needed to do was claim he was the opposite sex and he’d be thus treated. In other words, a boy could look like a boy, dress like a boy, be built like Mike Tyson — and not even be taking puberty blockers or cross-sex hormones — and his school would’ve had to give him access to females’ private spaces and sports teams based on his claim of girlhood alone.
Note as well that this is the MUSS (Made-up Sexual Status, aka “transgender”) agenda norm, embraced in liberal areas the Western-world over. In Britain not long ago, for example, it was reported that a 14-year-old autistic boy had the riot act read to him by the police because he innocently told a girl — who dressed, wore her hair, and looked like a girl — “No, you’re a girl.”
Northam’s policies also constituted an attack on parental rights. Reporting on this in January of last year, LifeSite wrote of the 2021 rules:
Staff and children are encouraged to actively hide information from the student’s parents. “Regardless of the circumstances, the school should support the student’s need for privacy and not disclose a student’s gender identity to other students or parents,” the policy states.
Further than this, schools are to assist students when they “may not want their parents to know about their transgender status,” and thus there are “no regulations requiring school staff to notify a parent or guardian of a student’s request to affirm their gender identity, and school staff should work with students to help them share the information with their family when they are ready to do so.”
In fact, a student’s “transgender status” is treated as “particularly sensitive information,” which parents are deemed to have less of a right to know than officials in the school: “[S]chool staff should treat a student’s transgender status as being particularly sensitive information that should not be shared even internally among school personnel except to those with a legitimate educational interest or need to know.”
If the family does not approve of a student identifying as a different gender, a climate of opposition is swiftly established, wherein schools have to “determine whether to respect the student’s request” or to respect the parents’ wishes. The staff are further ordered to “support the safety and welfare of transgender students when their families are not affirming,” consequently alienating the families from the children.
The rejection of the parental and family rights in the matter is taken further, as school staff are instructed to “report” any “concerns to Child Protective Services.”…
But this is now history (unless and until another radical leftist Democrat is elected). The Virginia Department of Education “‘hereby withdraws the 2021 Model Policies, which shall have no further force and effect, and hereby provides these 2022 Model Policies, which are effective immediately,’ the new policy reads,” the Mail also tells us. Moreover and as mentioned earlier, Youngkin’s policy recognizes parents’ right to “direct the upbringing, education, and control of their children.”
This is no small matter. A child’s “decision” to masquerade as the opposite sex is a choice likely more staggering than drug use (and it often leads to drug use; e.g., taking puberty blockers). What’s more, if a youth truly has “gender dysphoria” — the strong and persistent sense he’s “stuck” in the body of the “wrong” sex — it’s a serious psychological (spiritual?) problem that parents must be apprised of so that they can, hopefully, provide proper guidance. For schools to enable such mental illness is reprehensible.
This is especially true since it can perhaps exacerbate the problem and in the future lead to the bodily mutilation euphemistically known as “gender reassignment surgery.” In turn, this can lead to MUSS-mutilation regret — a common phenomenon — and increase the chances of suicide.
As former “transsexual” Alan Finch put it in 2004, “You fundamentally can’t change sex…. Transsexualism was invented by psychiatrists.” What’s more, “Lies have short legs,” the saying goes, and, at the end of the day, living a lie always ends badly.
Thus are “educators” who enable the MUSS lie mind-molesting child abusers — who belong nowhere near kids.
Ireland
Jailed teacher says he’d ‘rather stay in prison for 100 years’ than comply with school’s transgender rules
A teacher suspended for refusing to use gender-neutral pronouns has said he would rather stay in prison for a century than compromise his beliefs
Tom Evans
PUBLISHED Thursday 08 September 2022 – 08:22
Evangelical Christian Enoch Burke was jailed for contempt of court on Monday after breaching the injunction not to go to or try to teach at Wilson’s Hospital School in Co Westmeath, Ireland.
A disciplinary process started when Burke refused to refer to a transgender student as “they”.
He publicly confronted the school’s principal at a church service and dinner to mark the school’s 260th anniversary in June, hitting out at its transgender policy.
But after he was suspended, he would still attend “meetings” or sit in an empty classroom saying he was ready to teach.
This week, Burke was arrested after turning up “to work”.
Evangelical Christian Enoch Burke was jailed for contempt of court on MondayEnoch Burke said he would ‘not obey man’
In a hearing on Wednesday, the history and German teacher told the court he would not comply to the school’s transgender policy even if he had to remain in prison for “every hour of every day for the next 100 years”.
Representing himself, he said transgenderism is contrary to scripture, and that he would “only obey God,” and “not obey man”.
Burke was returned to Mountjoy Prison to spend a third night in jail and was ordered to pay the school’s legal costs, which has suspended him on full pay.
He has been told he can be freed simply by signalling his intention to abide by the injunction, which the Church of Ireland school took out to prevent disruption at the beginning of the school term.
Mr Justice Max Barrett, ruled that the injunction should remain in place until a High Court decision.
He said the court’s decision was about the terms of the injunction and Burke’s suspension – not his religious beliefs.
Burke had earlier claimed he was before the courts over his refusal to comply with what he said was his unlawful suspension.
He claimed he was denied his constitutional rights to religious freedom over the direction by the school to address one of its students by a different pronoun.
Burke argued that agreeing to comply with the suspension would amount to agreeing with transgenderism.
Burke was returned to Mountjoy Prison to spend a third night in jail
He claimed the disciplinary procedures against him were flawed and described any allegation of gross misconduct against him as “ludicrous”.
Burke said the student at the centre of the request was not in any of his classes, nor had he had any direct dealings with the pupil.
The school said it is focusing on the needs and welfare of its students and is affirming its policy in accordance with the 2000 Equal Status Act of not discriminating against any student.
The school said it has acknowledged Burke’s religious beliefs but expects him to communicate with the student in accordance with the student’s wishes.
The school says that, despite his suspension, Burke has not been sanctioned and no finding has been made against him.
The next stage of the school’s disciplinary process is due to take place later this month.
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
There were a number of red flags alongside the Covid trajectory!
First the information provided.
Treatment or better the lack of it no early treatment and refusal/suppression of already available medication like ivermectin and others.
High degree of coordination worldwide by certain Countries and implementation by dictate. The normal procedures/rules cast aside. Behind all but keeping out of sight are the big banks who where very present in the beginning offering cheap loans under certain conditions. Like the world bank, IMF, Central reserve just name them. Using the so-called special drawing rights, (for you and me money created from thin air) and our kids are going too have to pay or otherwise become their slaves.
Well known are many of the conditions but not all like shutdown, isolation of people and lock-up, increasing security, centralized registration, no early treatment, no engineered or existing drugs.
Changes to existing laws and limiting individual rights, preparing for the digital prison/surveillance needed to be implement as part of a step-by-step introduction at a later stage. With it came and still in use the Introduction of a forceful censorship/control of be information using private companies, the so-called big Media.
The mostly by now controlled NWO/WEF nation States went along burning these at that time cheap loans like candy, needed to isolate humanity/de-humanize without creating suspicion.
Before you can get any important public function not just worldwide but especially in the West it has to be vetted by The Freemasons/WNO.
The plan from what I do understand now is that the Cabal is setting the G7 against the BRIC countries but also control both through loans. The BRIC to be victorious and the G7 reduced to junk. They call it the end of colonialism and makes the BRIC countries proud.
Not realizing that they are controlled by the money lenders as much as the West, but the winner takes all including the gone missing money paid into the pension funds in the West.
The Politicians in the West who have already signed on to Free and WEF/NWO membership and embraced their agenda are more than 50%. Every currant politician involved in the Ukraine conflict is or has been a prominent member of the WEF. No exceptions as are all current EU leaders.
Independent thoughts Subscribe
Continue reading
POLITICO: How Bill Gates Took Over the Covid Pandemic
Bill Gates took over Covid just like he took over Operating Systems
The title of the article was apparently edited in a hurry post-publication because Google News still lists it as “How Bill Gates and his partners took over the global Covid response”. Here’s the archive link to the original article with “Bill Gates” in the title — proving it was later edited in a hurry.
The article would be fascinating to read for people who were not previously aware of what most of us knew already — that the so-called “pandemic response” and global health are taken over by unaccountable private interest groups serving Bill Gates.
The story given by the article is incomplete but very interesting.
It mentions that the pandemic response was taken over by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, GAVI, CEPI, and the Wellcome Trust. All four organizations pretend to be independent, but all were financed by Bill Gates.
They participated in Event 201, planning out the pandemic, in October 2019.
“What makes Bill Gates qualified to be giving advice and advising the U.S. government on where they should be putting the tremendous resources?” asked Kate Elder, senior vaccines policy adviser for the Doctors Without Borders’ Access Campaign.
Several important items are glaringly missing from the article:
Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, along with the US government (Avril Haines representing the US intelligence community) and China CDC, planned out the pandemic in October of 2019 by means of an “exercise” called Event 201.
Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation financed the organization that developed Sars-Cov-2 (EcoHealth Alliance) via grant INV-002838, and possibly more.
Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation financed University of North Carolina, where Ralph Baric developed Sars-Cov-2 for EcoHealth Alliance, via 56 grants: INV-026327 INV-030330 INV-031704 INV-028991 INV-036494 INV-032887 INV-033909 INV-036560 OPP1192462 OPP1199232 OPP1201585 OPP1203327 OPP1195157 OPP1195363 OPP1191684 OPP1061107 OPP1090837 OPP1086528 OPP1108279 OPP1107923 OPP1235 OPP3436 OPP1142921 OPP38920 OPP38381 OPP23847 OPP17809 OPP1161858 OPP1158402 OPP1154943 OPP1172799 OPP1183027 OPP1181722 INV-006232 INV-001748 INV-005277 INV-016221 INV-019193 INV-016163 INV-003112 INV-001805 INV-003266 INV-002551 OPP1203712 OPP9404 OPP1014802 OPP1015539 OPP1024615 OPP1024664 OPP1015381 OPP1018000 OPP51976 OPP53107 OPP53450 OPP52037 OPP49260
Bill Gates had close ties with Jeffrey Epstein and visited him numerous times
Nevertheless, the mere publication of this article has huge importance. The things that most of us know and talk about, are appearing in the so-called “mainstream press” — after the damage was all done, of course.
The virus was released; millions died; over a billion young people were force-vaccinated under false pretenses.
When it is too late to change anything, Politico is finally stating the obvious. Still, it is better than nothing.
Almost everything in the Politico article was known a year ago. Where was Politico then? Busy taking government covid vaccine advertising money.
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
This comment was deleted.
Source: Ioannidis et al.5
This is 
